Home

SLE 4000-5000 Infant Ventilator

1. 30 TOS INDI NDBIIVOLJITUM 20001 3190 gt 4 NHIL93 DM4 Viv1 1898 020 ES c0 T509 0V 02 fade 3iva ssi com P Pan NA age cee 204001 T 9180NO NDGADSO HINOS 133HS SOGEWDN DNIAV2 CHO qvD3 NUUS 3S 2 amp 2 09 0V LINOSTO SATA LAY JA IVA TIVNDILNIANDO 09L0W 10 33S JIL 31928 TWIN3IVA G3SIAGV 38 LON TIA IN3WN900 SIHL OL S39NVH2 AYNLOVANNWW 3404 LON NOTIVWSO4NI 404 m m T 31NIMd ATN SSOELON ISSOE LIN TSSOELON IEEE LON J S 3A D 1 m Dec mi pus Ion Gr DI sm aza m LE seo posa poaq 2 X 2 T z us REI ars ur cel us z dor 6019 M do e 8079 Y do T vac x poaq dd pue si ase YS Vail y aras REA Ave Ave LL LL REST ACCIELON sens H DA dem fe L ana lt ES von cen zan PRR 2001 TO poaa ns 9 ANDA 2 I 2 B 2001 Tu S0HP yel as ma sel gls FISSA DE pA lt lt ans ona do 8 M do w FO bona Y BAA a E 9a gu Sd posa ci 9d 2001 SE a 95 ar fe i E T ned er 0 40 a sa N tat 323 3 3001 vi 9 a fz SI dapuaig Avar wapusg Age EAS si 59 st s va 4sapusH Aves DOT 9t va a 3 Ed Mu GMT c NE rae 8t E Ta LLL Lf 0 BADA a Ter 1 u n ni TGSNE LAN ISCOELON SEIN zen I seni Pal 0 sara Ly Ly ui d 8623 120 oza em poaq posa uguo Acs oot 662 e AU en E 0008378 NU a3sn san venis uw PRE RSS Ss BAL BAPA JDUOIFUSALO i i i i cm none SETS V
2. 2 Remove the two fixing screws and washers D 3 Withdraw the 40PSI oxygen regulator so that the inlet connectors are clear of the chassis Disconnect the tube E 4 The 40PSI oxygen regulator can now be removed from the Pneumatic unit 5 Disconnect the connector assembly F from the regulator by removing the adaptor fitting G 6 Re connect the new regulator to the connector assembly F Place the assembly to one side Model A Page 115 2 SLE 13 7 6 Removal of the O calibration solenoid SV8 1 Remove the two fixing screws A 2 Remove the solenoid assembly B from the bulkhead and disconnect the tube C 3 Disconnect the tube connectors D E amp F 4 Replace the solenoid valve 5 Re fit the tube connectors bulk head making sure that the hose C is fitted securely 6 Re install the solenoid assembly to the A e 7 Re install the inlet gas and O regulator H assembly G to the rear bulkhead using Ce Y the screws and washers H i 9 Connect the O bleed tube I to the elbow connector J Page 116 Model A 13 7 7 HFO module component replacement 1 Return to the HFO module 2 Unscrew the electrical connector A from the pressure regulator PR6 3 Disconnect the tubes B amp C from the pressure regulator manifold block 4 Remove the two countersunk
3. gt Yave 8 nu a E ce Valve 9 ma na gt Puse 10 w Q4 gt Valve 10 DS os H gt Pulse 11 w as vete it 07 gt Puse 2 E ae Maese gt mes e ve gt nce va gt Valve 13 Pulse 14 M 24V Jets 24V Jets R109 ex TK NDT2955 AS Jets D rores av dete 4 T Des NBRS360TS Pulse 10 gt Pulse DH 10 decay 10 decay in 10008 In 100uS as as Valve 10 dl Valve 12 gt 24V_Jets 424V Jets Rie C TOOK NDT2955 45V Jets 5V Jets MERSSGOTE euss gt puse EE Puse 15 102 secey 102 decoy wt decay Valve 13 ERU Valve 14 Valve 15 2N7002 MATERIAL SEE DT A0760 CN0816 1 1 10 04 08 MDD ISS DATE PP D MODIFICATION CONTROL SCALE TITLE _ ET HIGH SPEED VALVE D RIVE A 60 PCB 232 SELSDON ROAD gt SOUTH CROYDON DRAWING NUMBER SHEET A AMT e 020 8681 1414 DATE 0 m PROJECTION CD A0 60S1 05 OF 4 Page 392 Model A 33 6 Analogue Data aquisition Monitor port THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY DF PRE PRODUCTION REF tire peer AM emu NONE UNLY PRINTED USED ON E DL FOR INFORMATION NOT FDR MANUFACTURE CHANGES TO THIS DOCUMENT WILL NOT BE ADVISED
4. Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If the sensor is not connected or both wires have been broken this alarm is generated Action Connect flow sensor if sensor already in situ replace and discard the defective flow sensor Alarm 36 Cannot Calibrate Flow Alarm message Flow calibration fail Alarm sub message Unable to calibrate flow sensor Priority of alarm 36 Monitor Mode ccoo caian Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If calibrating flow fails for any reason this alarm is generated Action Replace flow sensor Alarm 37 Calibrate Flow Sensor Alarm message Calibrate flow sensor Alarm sub message Calibrate flow sensor now Priority of alarm 37 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description The above alarm is generated whenever the ventilator is turned ON or upon the re connection of the flow sensor Action Carry out flow sensor calibration routine Model A Page 2
5. Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the calculated patient leak is over user set threshold this alarm is generated Action Check patient Check patient circuit and ET tube Adjust alarm threshold Page 246 Model A Alarm 41 Low Tidal Volume Alarm message High tidal volume Alarm sub message Tidal volume below low threshold Priority of alarm 41 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Tidal volumes lower than a user selected threshold will generate this alarm Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or alarm threshold Check patient circuit amp water trap Alarm 42 High Tidal Volume Alarm message Low tidal volume Alarm sub message Tidal volume above high threshold Priority of alarm 42 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Tidal volumes higher than a user selected threshold will generate this alar
6. nCE_PCBLID VERSION 01 SHOWN Page 76 Model A SLE Electrical Safety Testing Model A Page 77 This page is intentionally blank Page 78 Model A 11 Electrical Safety Testing of the SLE5000 This test is performed using an approved electrical safety testing device The electrical safety test must be carried out on the unit with all the electrical connections intact Ensure the mains switch on the ventilator is ON for the duration of these tests Equipment under test is SLE5000 Infant Ventilator Class 1B flow sensor is a Floating type applied part Test Expected Results Class B Tests Expected Value Tolerance Mains Voltage 240V 240V Insulation Resistance 2200MO Earth Continuity 0 20 Earth Leakage 0 uA 150 uA Earth Leakage supply o c O uA 150 uA Enclosure Leakage normal 0 uA 150 uA Enclosure Leakage earth o c 0 uA 150 uA Enclosure Leakage supply o c 0 uA 150 uA Patient Leakage on Applied Part 0 uA 150 uA Patient Leakage on Applied Part Earth o c 0 uA 150 uA Patient Leakage on Applied Part supply o c 0 uA 150 uA Class BF Tests Mains on Applied Part Normal 0 uA 150 uA Mains on Applied Part Reversed 0 uA 150 uA Check that in all the preceding tests Check the resistance to earth on the internal metal screening is less than 0 20 Model A Page 79 This page is intentionally blank
7. Check O supply Priority of alarm 51 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If during 10096 oxygen calibration the measured oxygen level is below a certain level this alarm is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Page 250 Model A Alarm 53 High Oxygen Level Alarm message High oxygen level Alarm sub message The O is higher than desired Priority of alarm s 52 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the delivered oxygen differs from the user selected level by more than 5 the above alarm is generated Action Recalibrate O sensor If alarm re appears remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 54 Low Oxygen Level Alarm message Low oxygen level Alarm sub message The O is lower than desired Priority of alarm 53 Monitor mode All
8. 426 33 26 Alarm and inoperative indiCatiONS ooooooooccconocononononocccnnnnnnnnnononononnnonnnnnns 428 Model A Page 7 SLE 34 VueLink Task Window Layout RT RERUM NOS RIO cia dea i lai 431 34 1 Notes on General System Behaviour nne 432 35 AGUVatiDFi Of VUE rele AS 433 35 1 Disabling VIIGEIDK A A aaa 434 Page 8 Model A SLE Warnings and Cautions Model A Page 9 1 1 Warnings and Cautions A 1 1 Warnings The electronic and pneumatic units of the SLE5000 infant ventilator are sealed at the factory with two Warranty Void If Label Broken seals If the ventilator is subject to a warranty agreement do not attempt to carry out any procedure that would involve breaking these seals If you make a warranty claim and these seals are broken SLE may deem the warranty claim null and void If the ventilator develops a fault within the warranty period please refer to your warranty documentation Oxygen Fire Hazard Oxygen vigorously supports combustion and its use requires special precaution to avoid fire hazards Keep all sources of ignition away when oxygen is in use Do not use oil or grease on oxygen fittings or where oxygen is used Check the condition of the gas supply hoses to the ventilator Do not use any hose that shows signs of cracking abrasion kinking splits excessive wear or ageing Make sure that the Air or O2 hose has not come into conta
9. Page 389 Model A 33 3 Power Distribution And Hardware Identifier Casto eU FOOL a 40 amp D z A v 0 1S09 0 8 09 E2 amp nowoaroad 31v rivi 1898 02 gy oN WC nea 138803 133H amp SITHNN ONTA YT age NOTAI HS SIFAUSP 3437 UOR ODIJIPON pue puvog TAHI BAy6A U0 0499 sosuas uaGAx dV MOV M da 31111 3028 TOS INDI NUOLLSVOIAICUMWN Ldd 3190 ssi DH S T OL T I 9180N2 90 040 2 SITINI US ONT 435 UIS mm NAUHS 10 N ISH3A arena DEIS 3 Bz 3 PERSI b i 6c1a 2le 218 2219 61l8 ESISTE Ta Og Te STIA SIT 8 apok 0007318 at 07 OETta ezta ezta Sa pala 9 2218 9118 TISIATY 38 DI 6 S0 OETA SEIN y2TN ESTA OTL col 221 LM9 SITI CISIATY 38 Ul 8 10 Ue e A A oeta zela seta Eeta ZII SZIFZZIY GILY SIS STA T3SIAQV 38 OL 2 907 5g ERE ici tee dic ae E ey oETu 8aTu SaTu aTH STA 218 28TH GITE Z TT S TT TISIATY 38 DL 9 soy de at k T E er 40 a0 fe 08186218 L2TY ESTS BIS BOT aTY Oa Ta STIY STTa TISIATY 38 01 S v0 ENS Lr 7 se si DETT EZIA EZIA 0ZIZ oeta eeta Teta II STIY T3SIAQV 38 DI v 0 zm js I 62la e2ta Y Tela DETS Z22139 0218 STTS D N 2 TINNWHO 2 430N371 z207 aa E z a 3 ETH b2lH 3 gol ely T2l8 STS 2 N 1 0 N T T3
10. Set Mean Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar 1 mbar 15 mbar 1 mbar max gt 18 mbar 15 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a In Jet Calibration set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30 HFO Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 1 5 sec Set Mean Set the PIP control to 60 mbar Set all the controls in the HFO panel 5 Delta P SSCInIB Time to Zero 0 150 mbar Set HFO Rate Hz Model A Page 153 SLE on the plateau of the Inspiratory phase c Set the PIP to 5 mbar and adjust the Forward Jet CMV Offset to achieve 5 mbar 1 mbar on the plateau Repeat HFO Offset 8 b Adjust the Forward Jet Gain to achieve 60 mbar 1 mbar Forward Jet Settings Gain 378 steps b to c until the set and measured agree within 1 mbar 306 CMV Offset 623 d Verify mean pressure setting by setting the following PIP pressures and verifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar Set PIP Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar 1 mbar 20 mbar 1 mbar 30 mbar 1 mbar 40 mbar 1 mbar 50 mbar 1 mbar 60 mbar 1 mbar max 263 mbar Page 154 Model A 15 8 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration G Model A Note The ventilator must be at working temperature with the metal electronic un
11. Page 226 Model A 19 2 SLE5000 Software Version 1 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 21 March 2003 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 24 Controller checksum 213 Monitor software Non Isol 123 Monitor software Isol 104 Version 2 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 23 07 03 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 26 Controller checksum 223 Monitor software Non Isol 125 Monitor software Isol 105 Version 3 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 19 11 03 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 128 Monitor software Isol 105 Version 3 1 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 19 11 03 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 128 Monitor software Isol 107 Version 3 2 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 270105 5 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 130 Monitor software Isol 107 Version 3 3 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 230305 5 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 132
12. High Alarm Description If no Air is detected by the ventilator this alarm is generated Action Connect gas supplies to ventilator If generated whilst connected to a patient remove patient to alternative form of ventilation Model A Page 241 Alarm 26 Battery Fault Alarm message Battery fault Alarm sub message Internal battery not detected Priority of alarm 26 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description The battery can not be detected by the ventilators monitoring system Action Remove ventilator from service The ventilator will continue to ventilate on mains power if connected to a patient Alarm 27 Battery Low Alarm message gt Battery Low Alarm sub message Remove patient from ventilator Priority of alarm ses 27 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description The battery low signal from the power supply sub system is monitored while the system is running on battery When the signal is asserted an alarm indicating imminent power failure
13. A FEN Ns SAI f 0 o ANS FA o 780 77 Model A Page 296 810 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 10 of 18 Page 297 Model A PSU 6 N 4 SN VIO Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 11 of 18 WS Y 58 BI S og EN 33 dE O m oe DO T e gt lt DI gt Ss SE E S e gt f gg pre mt LO gt wu o 2 c F t Su sE D A E E Model A Page 298 PSU 2 f LAANA LAN A AD DOA Ly 810 S el 7 TL y7 Buzzer Battery Switch c Terminal Battery Speaker Connector o oO 2 x 3 a Battery L Terminal 8v Battery Q Terminal 0 Battery Terminal 825 View N1 7 Ly 9 imal Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 12 of 18 Page 299 Model A Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 13 of 18 Page 300 Model A Model A Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 14 of 18 Page 301 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 15 of 18 Page 302 Model A 1030 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 16 of 18 Model A Page 303 1060 1160 mo 1145 1080 107 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 17 of 18 Page 304 Model A Model A View T1 Ele
14. All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the readings from two pressure transducers differ by more than 5 mbar this alarm is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Page 238 Model A Alarm 17 Unexpected Rise in Mean P Alarm message Unexpected rise in mean P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 17 Monitor mode HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar above the mean pressure level is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Press autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Alarm 18 Unexpected Drop in Mean P Alarm message Unexpected drop in mean P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 18 Monitor mode eee HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When
15. High pressure Alarm sub message High pressure threshold exceeded Priority Of alarm 12 Monitor mode cun cent cette AII Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the proximal pressure is above the set high pressure level this alarm is generated If the proximal pressure is more than 5mbar above the high pressure level an additional command is sent to the control sub section to cut the gasses Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or high alarm threshold Alarm 13 Low Pressure Alarm message Low Pressure Alarm sub message Pressure below low threshold Priority of alarm 13 Monitor Mode coincidan cnica All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the proximal pressure is below the users settable low pressure level this alarm is generated Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or low alarm threshold Check patient circuit amp water trap Model A Page 237 Alarm 14 Pressure Change Detected Alarm message Pressure Change Detected Alarm sub message Check Patient Connection Priority of
16. RED Alarm Cont positive press 7 CONTIN PRESS RED Alarm High Pressure 8 HIGH PRESSURE RED Alarm Fail to cycle 10 Indicates one of two alarm CYCLE FAIL Breath Not Detec 38 conditions RED Alarm Press Sens Drift 11 PR SENS DRIFT RED Alarm Rise in Mean P 12 Indicates a change has occurred HFO P CHANGE Drop in Mean P 13 Rise in Max P 14 Drop in Max P 15 Rise in Min P 16 Drop in Min P 17 in the HFO pressure waveform RED Alarm No Gas 18 Indicates that one or both of the GAS SUPPLY FAIL No 02 Supply 19 input gas supplies have failed No Air Supply 20 RED Alarm No Battery Detec 21 BATTERY FAULT RED Alarm Battery Low 22 BATTERY LOW RED Alarm Blocked Fresh Gas 24 BLOCK F G RED Alarm Leaking Fresh Gas 25 LEAK F G RED Alarm Apnoea Volume 39 APNOEA Apnoea Pressure 40 YELLOW Alarm Flow sens defect 28 Indicates one of five alarm FLOW SENS ALARM Clean Flow Sensor 29 conditions associated with the Connect Flow Sens 30 Cannot Cal Flow 31 Cal Flow Sensor 32 flow sensor Model A Page 429 YELLOW Alarm High Minute Vol 34 Indicates either high or low MIN VOL ALARM Low Minute Vol 37 minute volume alarm has occurred YELLOW Alarm Pat Leak Alarm 35 PATIENT LEAK YELLOW Alarm Low Tidal Vol
17. Page 80 Model A SLE PSU Testing Model A Page 81 This page is intentionally blank Page 82 Model A C2 SLE 12 PSU Testing This check should only be carried out if the PSU is suspected to be faulty a Unplug the battery connector from the PSU b Remove the PC Board c Turn on the ventilator and check the output voltages of the power supply at the following points on the wireloom On P4 connection to the controller Voltage Voltage side of the controller monitor board check the following pins Lower Limit Upper Limit PL4 1 22 8V 25 2V PL4 2 11 4V 12 6V PL4 3 4 875V 5 325V PL4 4 4 875V 5 325V PL4 5 GND digital GND digital PL4 6 GND high power GND high power solenoid return solenoid return Battery connector voltage 13 8V 14 2V 00 TTI E ja s Sl E Location of P4 Tp Doer O eno d Turn off the ventilator and reconnect the battery connector e Refit the PC board f Turn on the ventilator and check that the cooling fan and the two fans within the PSU are rotating and the power LED on the front panel is illuminated requires control monitor pcb plugged in g On the battery connection check that the voltage indicates battery charging Look for the voltage increasing gradually as the battery charges 13 8V o c condition or battery fully charged Model A Page 83 This page is intentionally blank Page 84 Model A
18. triggered AE J ese rist asjust lV Further decrease the the percentage of oxygen to Note the test cannot be performed during 21 and press the Return Button to cancel the ERE Oxygen alarm test Step 6 Press the Mode Select button to enter the Mode select panel Step 7 From the Mode Select panel select CPAP but DO NOT press the confirm button Advance to Step 8 Page 186 Model A 17 1 6 Function and alarm testing Step 8 Set the following parameters in the CPAP preview mode Ilia 1 sec CPAP stas 5 mbar PIP os 20 mbar FIO conii 21 After pressing the confirm button the user will be presented with the CPAP screen Set high alarm to 30mbar Step 9 Check that Apnoea Support should be set to OFF and apnoea is detected after 20 seconds Default value after power up TTY lalla is set to OFF This button will not appear when functional testing with no flow sensor fitted Backu OFF Apnoea Setup SE Apnoea Alarm is active with optional backup breaths O G Note Press the manual breath button twice to display the measured PIP value Step 10 Verify that Vv the test lung inflates Model A Page 187 Step 11 Step 13 v Step 14 Page 188 Note If functional testing the ventilator without a flow Mode sect CPAP i sensor fitted the TTV button oL will not appear and the Flow v Ceres ic Time amp Tidal Volume v Time Ari cn er basap wi
19. No gas Alarm sub message Connect ventilator to gas Priority of alarm 23 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If no gas is detected by the ventilator this alarm is generated Action Connect gas supplies to ventilator If generated whilst connected to a patient remove patient to alternative form of ventilation Alarm 24 No O Supply Alarm message No O2 supply Alarm sub message Connect oxygen supply to ventilator Priority of alarm 24 Monitormod ii All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If no Os is detected by the ventilator this alarm is generated Action Connect gas supplies to ventilator If generated whilst connected to a patient remove patient to alternative form of ventilation Alarm 25 No Air Supply Alarm message No air supply Alarm sub message Connect air supply to ventilator Priority of alarm 25 Monitor Mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority
20. 4 Disconnect the two backlight connectors B 5 Remove the PCB from the electronic unit 6 Remove the two support pillars C by removing the nut and washers D 7 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device Model A Page 45 8 10 3 N6631 13 Inverter PCB E 4 Warning The Transducer PCB is a static sensitive device G Note Screen removed for clarity 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the two screws A Warning The PCB is still attached by the backlight connectors to the LCD Touch screen assembly 4 Disconnect the two backlight connectors B 5 Remove the PCB from the electronic unit 6 Remove the two support pillars C by removing the nut and washers D 7 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device Page 46 Model A 8 11 N6631 02 LCD amp N6631 05 Touch Screen Model A 8 11 1 For ventilators 51010 to 51084 1 Remove the CAN Ba card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the 8 screws A retaining the screen tie bars 4 Remove the 3 remaining facia retaining screws B 5 Gently draw the front panel assembly away from the unit Note Display touch screen ca
21. e Ensure that the exhalation block can be removed and relocated easily and that the nozzle assemblies jet blocks and O rings correctly fitted orange coloured f Ensure duckbill non return valves are fitted to the 05 and air intakes by directly connecting a hose between the air and oxygen regulator outputs Apply air and disconnect the air supply hose to prove there is no leak and then reconnect and check the oxygen supply hose for no leak g Check for leaks in the pneumatic system Model A as SLE 15 2 Pneumatic set up a Connect the ventilator to gas supplies at 4 bar a Set the air and oxygen input pressure regulators PR1 amp PR2 to 40 psi 0 1 psi b Set the oxygen regulator to 40 psi 0 1 psi Tighten the tension nut to lock the spindle in position ensure that the pressure is still within 0 1 psi of 40 The oxygen regulator will not be adjusted again Set the other regulator to match the firstsetting within 0 1 psi c Tee into the output of PR5 with SV7 de energised and monitor the fresh gas pressure output and adjust output of regulator PR5 to 30psi 1psi These are non relieving regulators so it may be necessary to disconnect the output to allow the pressure to drop and then reconnect These regulators do drift a little after setting so need to be rechecked several times d IN Connect a 24V PSU to SV7 to energise With the fresh gas valve SV7 energised monitor the flow f
22. esses 334 RECXMOdU e PLN 344 Oxygen regulator module rile tania sein 357 Pattition assembl coetanei 360 Pneumatic module sub assembly ii 364 27 Equipotential stud modification rtt ttrnrtrrenrennn nenna 374 27 1 Equipotential stud COMEN 375 28 Electrical Block Diagram israele A cre polos rad dee Qul ora Edd d Cos 378 Page 6 Model A 29 PheumatieUnitschematic action x adeat oe QN oro Puto es eo eei Due 379 29 1 Schematic Pre PAM Proximal Airway Modification sssse 379 29 2 Schematic Post PAM icti eta tror b doi qd e Qn Duo cond DIE lvl 380 30 Pneumatic Unit Tubing connections xau deste eut dete dens ieu b eee ette tee teure aeui t 381 30 1 Tubing Connections Pre PAM 381 30 2 Tubing Connections Post PAM 382 31 Main Loom Circuit Diagram cai sodio 383 S2 FOES ECIRCUIE diagram lola Re 386 32 1 Transducer PCBAssembly calorici iz birilli 386 39 A0753 02 circuit dIdOralfis perl lea 388 33 1 Micro Controller uso a si 388 33 2 Conventional Valve DIV 389 33 3 Power Distribution And Hardware Identifier oooooooocnnncnnnccncncccnccanocinononoos 390 33 4 Analogue Valve Drive Non Volatile Memory Interboard Comms 391 33 5 High Speed Valve Drive nta dad cercana 392 33 6 Analogue Data aquisition Monitor port nnn 393 33 7 Control amp
23. 2 Unscrew the adaptor stems A from the valve bodies 3 De solder the wires B from valve bodies Note The electrical connectors are not polarized 13 7 13 High speed jet valve re assembly 4 Mark the new high speed jet valves as follows Model A SV9 SV10 SV11 SV12 Page 121 5 Re solder the wires as per the following diagram SV12 WHITE a YELLOW di EO DO WHITE BLACK SV11 VIOLET RED ORANGE YA A GREY VIOLET 6 Re attach the adaptor stems to the valves 7 Insert the high speed valves in the following order into the PR3 and PRA pressure regulator assemblies 8 Reconnect PR3 and PRA regulator electrical connectors The cable marked 4 connects to PRA and the cable marked 3 connects to PR3 Page 122 Model A 9 Attach the pressure regulators and high speed valve assembly C onto the manifold block D by pushing the two pneumatic connectors onto the two free adaptor stems 10 Insert the assembly C D into the four free pneumatic connectors E and secure the unit with the screw and washers F 11 Screw the last free electrical connector G to the pressure regulator PRG 12 Connect the tubes H amp I to the pressure regulator manifold block 13 Use two countersunk screws J to retain the PR6 regulator assembly bracket to the base plate Model A Page 123 9 SLE 13 7 14 Fitting the blender 1 Install the blender using the two shake proof
24. Alarm messagge esee Monitor EEPROM fail Alarm sub message Monitor checksum Fail Alarm CO O cisco 103 Priority of alarm 7 Monitor mode AII Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description At power up pressure offset data in EEPROM corrupt Action Remove ventilator from service Model A Page 235 Alarm 8 104 System Fail Memory Checksum Error Alarm message Monitor EEPROM fail Alarm sub message Monitor checksum Fail Alarm code eee 104 Priority of alarm 8 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description At power up pressure gain data in EEPROM corrupt Action Remove ventilator from service Alarm 9 105 System Fail Memory Checksum Error Alarm message Monitor EEPROM fail Alarm sub message Monitor checksum Fail Alarm code teretes 105 Priority of alarm iie 9 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Pri
25. Washer shakeproof M3 2 230 T1187 Pneumatic module sub assembly 1 See Figure 12 for detailed breakdown Item Not illustrated Page 326 Model A p ZA Sheet 2 of 4 Pneumatic module Figure 6 v V Model A Page 328 5 P Ds AG A a GAN AY J v CN d 0 QU na 2 X y a Za Vy NV A LO N S Lita C47 OC 7 gs LO N SN ZA View D 225 Pneumatic module Figure 6 Sheet 3 of 4 Page 329 Model A 270 270 275 Pneumatic module Figure 6 Sheet 4 of 4 Page 330 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 6 1 L0280 Pneumatic module assembly RF See Figure 1 for next highest assembly 5 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 155mm 1 10 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 190mm 1 15 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 135mm 1 20 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 230mm 1 25 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 170mm 1 30 N2191 10 Oxygen sensor cell 1 35 L0281 HFO module 1 See Figure 8 for detailed breakdown Attaching Parts 40 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 4 45 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 4 50 H3018 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 55 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 60 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 125mm 1 65 N2373 Tube Polyu
26. e Foam support pad Digital Multimeter 1mv resolution e 2 24V power supply e aY piece tube connector fitted with 0 2 bar reliving regulator on one limb Assorted tubing to connect analysers to ventilator e Static protection wrist band e Anti static protective bags 300mm x 300mm e 2 Flow sensor cable in SLE Part N N6635 a BIONWSOhSOD a SLE Part N N5201 Exhalation block i SLE Part N N6622 e a Oxygen supply e a Air supply a Note all items marked with an a are required for servicing and overhaul Without these items the user will be unable to service or overhaul the SLE5000 ventilator P Note items marked with a b are required to carry out the functional testing routine Page 22 Model A SLE Engineering Mode Software Model A Page 23 5 ENGMODE The SLE5000 ventilator is calibrated via two calibration programs one for the ventilator and one for the Touch screen The calibration programs are accessed via the Controller Services panel in the user interface 5 1 Accessing the Calibration Programs Step 1 Press the Options and Service Data Button Ventilation Off Ventilation is Off Press Mode Select to continue Oxygen Alarm Test gt gt i B E Step 2 Press the next button Ventilation Off Calibrate Sensors Step 3 Press the version button Ventilation Off More options i Ventilator must be
27. 490 L5000 04 490 Screen Mounting Assembly 1 For Serial N 51010 to 51526 See items 515 620 Attaching Parts 495 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 8 500 L5000 04 500 Screen Mounting Assembly 1 For Serial N 51527 onwards See items 625 710 Attaching Parts 505 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 4 510 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 4 515 T1191 Tie Bar 2 Attaching Parts 520 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 6 525 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 6 Model A Page 311 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 530 L0011 60 Dampener Assembly 1 Obsolete item Use item 340A For Serial N 51010 to 51332 530A L0011 Dampener Assembly 1 For Serial N 51333 onwards 535 M0434 Cable tie 1 Attaching Parts 540 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 545 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 550 L5000 04 550 Fan assembly 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51699 See items 570 580 Attaching Parts 555 H3112 Screw M3 x 12mm 4 560 H3091 Nut M3 4 565 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 570 M0902 Fan cooling 1 575 P0448 03 Plug 1 580 M0309 01 Sleeve 20mm AR 585 T1253 Spacer 2 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51163 585A M0305 29 Spacer 2 For Serial N 51164 onwards Attaching Parts 590 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 595 M0630 Foam pad 92mm 0 Obso
28. For version 3 to 3 3 software The user must set the blender to 21 before commencing with the two point calibration when calibrating from the user interface Failure to set the blender to 21 will cause the ventilator to display an oxygen cell exhausted alarm This alarm can only be cleared by running the calibration process again with the blender set at 21 From the enginneering mode the blender is automatically set to 21 Pressing the Two Point O2 Calibration button the user will have to wait 7 minutes before carrying out any new operation From the user interface the user the FiO measured value will read CALIB in the FiO parameter control until the routine is complete Note For versions 3 to 3 2 From the engineering mode the user will not see any indication that the calibration is complete Page 231 Page 232 21 Alarms 21 1 Alarm Protocols The following descriptions summarizes the alarms to be generated by the ventilator The alarms are sorted by their priority ratings An alarm of a higher priority can interrupt a lower priority alarm effectively masking lower priority alarms Upon the generation of alarms a message indicating the type of alarm will be displayed and then an audible alarm with the correct priority level is generated Some alarms are mutable the mute interval being 1 minute 21 2 Alarm Sounds The ventilator produces four types of alarm tones Three pulsed tones and one continuous The three p
29. Remove ventilator from service Priority of alarm 1 Monitor mode N A Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the monitor system fails this alarm is generated by the controller system Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 2 Sustained Sub ambient Pressure Alarm message Sustained sub ambient pressure Alarm sub message Controller operation temporarily disabled Priority of alar Mision 2 Monitor mode AII Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the proximal pressure falls below 2mbar for gt 50ms a sub ambient alarm is generated and a message will be sent to the control sub system to shut off all gasses If the gas is not cut off during the next 50ms the monitor will intervene and cut all the gasses Fresh gas reinstated after 6 seconds ventilation restarted after a further 2 seconds In all HFO modes it is the mean pressure that is checked for sub ambient level Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Model A Page 233 Alarm 3 Sub ambient Pressure Al
30. Replace the control monitor board See A0736 02 Control amp Monitor Board on page 39 10 Symptom Sub ambient pressure alarm Alarm Message Sub Ambient Pressure Possible Cause Failure of reverse pressure regulator PR3 Remedy Replace pressure regulator PR3 See N6623 or N6623 33 Pressure regulators PR3 amp PR4 on page 69 11 Symptom Controller failure alarm Alarm Message Controller Not Responding Displayed below alarm panel Possible Cause Controller services activated from user interface Remedy Turn off the controller services function Page 218 Model A SLE 12 Symptom System fail alarm Alarm Message System Fail Memory Checksum Error Possible Cause Error in the monitor software Remedy Complete re calibration of the ventilator monitor controller subsystems 13 Symptom Controller alarm Alarm Message Controller Failure Possible Cause Hardware fault in the controller subsystem or fault in the Controller CAN link Fuse F4 on control monitor board blown Remedy Check the ribbon cables Replace the control monitor board Replace fuse F4 14 Symptom No Gas alarm Alarm Message No Gas Possible Cause Air and Oxygen supplies not connected to ventilator Air and Oxygen supply Failed Air and Oxygen supplies below 4bar Remedy Connect Air and Oxygen supplies to ventilator Restore Air and Oxygen supplies Increase input pressure to 4bar 15 Sympto
31. See items 310 335 Attaching Parts 415 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 420 H3091 Nut M3 2 425 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 421 L5000 04 195 Link wire 16 0 2 AR 430 T1260 Mounting plate 1 435 A0763 02 Control amp Monitor PCB 1 Note See A0736 02 Monitor and control board on page 74 436 W0345 Display RS232 ribbon cable 1 437 M0903 65 Speaker 1 440 N6631 14 Display assembly 1 See items 465 485 Attaching Parts 445 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 450 H3110 Screw M3 x 10mm 2 455 H3091 Nut M3 2 460 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 461 T1310 02 Strap Connector 1 For Serial N 51570 onwards 462 M0603 Pad Foam 23mm 1 Attaching Parts 463 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 464 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 465 L5000 04 465 Liquid Crystal display 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51163 Supplier L G Philips Part N LB121S1 465A N6631 02 Liquid Crystal display 1 For Serial N 51164 onwards Supplier L G Philips Part N LB121S02 A2 470 N6631 05 Touch screen 1 Attaching Parts 475 M0907 Tape AR 480 T0253 01 Spacer block 2 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51163 480A T0253 02 Spacer block 2 For Serial N 51164 onwards Attaching Parts 485 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 2
32. i 29 DO zi en ee ht Su CEREREM 29 5 6 Touch Screen Calibration Program ono nnnnnnnnnnnn 29 6 Component Replacement Procedure rttr ttt ttttrtrtnnennnn nnen 32 ZePreparing the SUE SOOO cts 33 8 Component Replacement Electronic unit 35 B T NBOSA CAN Car A O dai ta da dio d neha 35 9 22 BIOS Dale hy uoi aio bia lolita 35 8 3 Diskon CM P osa 36 9 4 NBOST OT PC Board oui oto NI eo a 37 8 5 N6631 06 Serial controller Touch screen seeeeeeem 38 8 6 A0763 02 Control and Monitor Board ssseeee 39 8 7 M0900 Power Supply Unit nnns 41 8 8 MOSQT BASTA tote tert puto dee Me cadat to P tenets Zeal p 42 8 9 A0761 Transducer PCB Assembly 43 9 10 verter POB renal imi ek er omisso tede ea 44 8 11 N6631 02 LCD amp N6631 05 Touch Screen en 47 9 Component Replacement Pneumatic unit cece eect teeter eeteeeteeeeeenaaaaaaeeeeees 56 9 1 N2185 05 amp 06 Duckbill and conical filters sssssssssessssssss 56 9 2 L0287 Blender Assembly 5 52 reet reto oai rur rna ntt et d R pte cada ede o nn of 9 3 N2195 06 Fresh Gas Supply solenoid SV7 58 9 4 N6612 Purge Regulator PR7 Pre PAM Proximal Airway Modification 59 9 5 N6612 Purge Regulator PR7 Post PAM Proximal Airway Modification 59 9 6 N6614 Speed controller ER T roccie tea ee e tre
33. 0 to 65 mbar Model A Picture capture button PSV button PSV Setup button PTV button Reset button Reset contamination alarm button Return button Select button Set BPM button Set time and date button Set Trigger button SIMV button Standby button Stored loop button Ti parameter control Tidal vol parameter control TTV button Two point O calibration button Ventilation Off button Version button Vmin VIP button Vte button Waveform display sync button Waveshaping button Zero button Zoom in button Zoom out button Model A Stores loop to memory Selects PSV mode Activates pressure support panel Selects PTV mode Resets current alarm Resets the alarm Returns to previous panel Tabs between time and date values Selects BPM against time display Activates time and date panel Activates breath detection trigger threshold Selects SIMV mode Sets ventilator into 90 second standby mode Displays stored loops 0 1 to 3 seconds 2 to 200 ml Selects TTV on off panel Activates calibrates O system Selects ventilation off mode Activates version information panel Selects minute volume against time display Selects volume versus pressure loop display Selects tidal volume against time display Toggles waveform display synchronization Activates change wave shape panel Zeros seconds Zooms in on a trend display Zooms out of a trend display Page 261 2 SLE 23
34. 10 Remove the six fixing screws retaining the transducer PCB 11 Remove the support pillars retaining nuts and washers I from the old PCB and transfer them to the replacement PCB 12 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Page 43 2 SLE 8 10 Inverter PCB 8 10 1 N6631 03 Inverter PCB 4 Warning The Transducer PCB is a static sensitive device Ga Note Screen removed for clarity 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the two screws A Warning The PCB is still attached by the backlight connectors to the LCD Touch screen assembly 4 Disconnect the two backlight connectors B 5 Remove the PCB from the electronic unit 6 Remove the three support pillars C by removing the nut and washers D 7 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device Page 44 Model A 8 10 2 N6631 10 Inverter PCB 4 Warning The Transducer PCB is a static sensitive device Gi Note Screen removed for clarity 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the two screws A Warning The PCB is still attached by the backlight connectors to the LCD Touch screen assembly
35. 36 LOW TIDAL VOL YELLOW Alarm Main Power Fail 41 POWER FAIL YELLOW Alarm 02 Cell Disconn 43 Indicates one of four alarm O2 CELL FAIL O2 Cell Exhausted 45 conditions associated with the O2 Cell Cal Fail 46 oxygen cell O2 Cell Cal Reqd 44 YELLOW Alarm High O2 Level 47 Indicates an oxygen O2 CONC ALARM Low O2 Level 48 concentration alarm Page 430 Model A 34 VueLink Task Window Layout The VueLink task window for the SLE5000 will display the parameters as shown Model A below e mbar de di ab p SAWRR We c PEEP mbar PIP mbar sola poe GHOo25 0 sinstio eae sv om o FIO 2 InsTi sec n T e wooo ooo Lea go Vino mi sigan mbar dius aro da HFVAm mbar MnAwP mbar uibs i EST SHEVRR He 00d AWRR rpm do Page 431 SLE Page 432 34 1 Notes on General System Behaviour The VueLink SLE5000 communication link is automatically established if the physical link is present this communication can take about 40 seconds to establish If the physical connection between the SLE5000 and the VueLink monitor is broken communication between the two will continue on reconnection but will take about 40 seconds to start again Only one alarm is condition is visible on the SPI at a time As with the SLE5000 if there are several alarm conditions present then only the highest priority alarm will be displayed When the mute button is
36. Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the mains supply fails this alarm is generated Action Check mains connection Prepare alternative form of ventilation whilst running on battery Alarm 48 Fresh Gas Solenoid Fail Alarm message Fresh gas solenoid fail Alarm sub message Remove ventilator from service Priority of alarm 47 Monitor mode iiiiia AII Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator pressure transducer detects no gas from the solenoid this alarm is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation immediately then remove ventilator from service Alarm 49 Oxygen Cell Discon Disconnected Alarm message Oxygen cell discon Alarm sub message The oxygen cell is not connected Priority of alarm ee 48 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description A disconnection of the oxygen cell will generate this alarm Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remov
37. Core ferrite hinged 1 22 M0767 Core ferrite hinged 1 Attaching Parts 25 T1261 Bezel 1 30 T1263 Label main A 1 35 T1264 Label LED 1 40 T1262 Label top A 1 45 L5000 03 45 LED loom assembly 1 See items 50 55 50 D0715 LED green 1 55 W0333 Loom 1 60 T1268 Front facia 1 65 M0434 Cable tie 1 70 M0433 01 Base cable tie 1 Item Not illustrated Model A Page 287 Electronic module co v du o O pe 3 Do LL 0 Ee YN Model A Page 288 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 2 of 18 Page 289 Model A INN 2 XW Ou ey 5 A c os y 9i 3 Lu Model A Page 290 View D View E Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 4 of 18 Page 291 Model A Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 5 of 18 Page 292 Model A 475 475 475 ViewH Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 6 of 18 Model A Page 293 2 B o x Fu E yo orn 2 cog e LL 0 lt o 2 LU Model A Page 294 Model A 650 655 Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 8 of 18 Page 295 View K1 QS an A 735 730 Y Ng ZLI AAN EN Gr D N e 0 INS FX 755 735 EN 730 View L Electronic module Figure 4 Sheet 9 of 18
38. Duckbill valve Qty 2 Part N N2185 05 Duckbill washer Qty 2 Part N T1170 O rings Qty 2 Part N N6618 CPU battery Qty 1 Part N M0909 Orifice block O rings Qty 2 Part N N2042 Oxygen cell Qty 1 Part N N2191 10 Backup battery Qty 3 Part N M0901 AA battery Qty 2 Part N M0484 03 The 48 month 20 000 hour overhaul consists of the replacement of the following components These components are supplied in the form of an overhaul kit part N N9010 48 Conical filter Qty 2 Part N N2185 06 Duckbill valve Qty 2 Part N N2185 05 Duckbill washer Qty 2 Part N T1170 O rings Qty 2 Part N N6618 CPU battery Qty 1 Part N M0909 Orifice block O rings Qty 2 Part N N2042 Oxygen cell Qty 1 Part N N2191 10 Pressure regulators PR3 PR4 amp PR6 Qty 3 Part N N6623 538 Oxygen Blender Assy Qty 1 Part N L0287 Fresh gas supply solenoid SV7 Qty 1 Part N N2195 06 Backup battery Qty 3 Part N M0901 AA battery Qty 2 Part N M0484 03 Purge regulator PR7 Qty 1 Part N N6612 0 30 PSI regulator PR5 Qty 1 Part N N6613 03 Speed controller FR1 Qty 1 Part N N6614 Input air pressure regulator PR1 Qty 1 Part N N6615 01 Input O pressure regulator PR2 Qty 1 Part N N6615 02 High speed jet valves SV9 10 11 amp 12 Qty 4 Part N N6624 O calibration solenoid SV8 Qty 1 Part N N6625 01 Pressure relief valve PRV1 Qty 1 Part N N2194 Tubing Qty AR Part N N2373 For the
39. Insp time to 0 sec Set the PIP control to 0 mbar HFO Controls CMY Controls Set Mean Set BPM 0 d 10 mbar JL Set all the controls in the HFO panel to Zero Set Delta P an Set Insp Time 0 3 00 Secs Set HFO Rate 4 n Hz Set the Gain to 2000 T ean Jet Settings Set the mean Jet CMV offset to 0 Gain 2000 CMY Offset Tp Y d Set the mean control in the HFO panel to 15 mbar and adjust the mean jet gain control to achieve 15mbar as shown in the pressure display bar below the waveform window PEEP 15 PIP 15 Mean 15 DeltaP 0 gt Acceptable tolerance none Page 134 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE Reverse Jet Settings e Set the reverse jet gain to 430 f Set the mean control to zero and increase Gain an the CMV offset on the reverse jet to 430 achieve 0 mbar HFO Offset 4 P Y CMV Offset 4 B h Verify mean pressure setting by setting the following pressures on the HFO control panel and verifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar g Repeat steps c d and e until the set and measured agree Set Mean Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar 1 mbar 15 mbar 1 mbar max gt 18 mbar 14 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a In Jet Calibration set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30 HFO
40. Jet block spacer 1 Attaching Parts 275 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 280 N6603 18 Tube connector Y branch 2 Page 342 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 7 285 T1210 Jet block fixed single port 1 290 N2042 Seal O ring 1 Attaching Parts 295 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 300 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 1 305 T0611 Post guide 2 Attaching Parts 310 H3225 Screw M3 x 25mm 2 315 T0611 Post guide 2 Attaching Parts 320 H3216 Screw M3 x 16mm 2 325 T1199 Latch exhalation block 1 Attaching Parts 330 H4950 Screw M4 x 50 1 335 T1236 Spacer 1 340 N6619 Spring 1 345 H4091 Nut M4 1 350 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 1 355 T1206 Jet mounting block 1 Item Not illustrated Model A Page 343 Page 344 HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 1 of 6 Model A Model A HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 2 of 6 Page 345 HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 3 of 6 Page 346 Model A HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 4 of 6 Model A Page 347 View H 325 Dv View I HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 5 of 6 Page 348 Model A 485 490 470 Q pd 9 HFO module Figure 8 Sheet 6 of 6 View L Model A Page 349 Fig Unit
41. Ld AOLINOW 79 IUS LNOI SIN iun IWS NoIL93r Dad FIFI 1898 020 1099 232 AFSINS NOTADSI HINOS avia NOCSTIS cea 09409 ON 4009 A901S 09 04 14 33S INISILVN I3SIACY 38 LON TIA INAWNI0C SIHL DI SIINVHI INYNLIVANNYVW 204 LON NOUILYWXOHNI a CILNIYd ANO sen sm sen san ren En ca Ten on sn sn 11111111111 se ss a SS Says ve mws MAS s potus HA A qu guaano YAH ALZADO INSI ZGA STIVA 40 de paso ul sunsredua ny GET Abt Suga LI auo saysa TV anma us Hau EN wxemum inea a vasa as sezama Has x pa E 2a Sw w nu aH EW PEE EN zw Ble a FI 3i 2 uv Li 3 v CREA salt up mw i D AES Ck amp H E 309 S a a i By e Urn quse R ov sa Mens Ed os 8 m 2 nu Ate El 2r T so OY y y YY e aS z Eis afal upd su 40 paisauuco auo spunouS paik puo Brom n Ja su ASETIN al L3 S03 pub vosuas dual andina aAsansuag thua quada 4423308 E sde E da PR ue I serva aunt ag aaa ansa mouse ues Ay mei ns 8378228 der dee cam ul 0 T sssanzaved e husee E i Ei uso i me eed teli eo mus 7 Ne 2 Gr DOKL PED E ED ara OU Ed TX C SINI ZIA Cee t Cm or nw td oD a GM UV CIN Sd GW amm By ro iw v
42. Mean ps HO mbar i 5 si Delta P i nl ti ede i 30 is mbar 510 HFO Rate las NG RCA SUE JA PEEPS o WE MIL Re XE 300 ls P Meas Filter PEEP 15 PIP 17 Mean 1 DeltaP 32 255 A HFO CMY Return to Main Menu 5 3 O amp Flow System Calibration The O amp Flow System Calibration panel allows the calibration of the oxygen monitoring system 2 point calibration 10096 and 2196 and the calibration of the flow system The flow system is a factory set system and requires an ETU 2 for calibration Start O2 System Calibration Ga Note For version 3 3 amp 4 software O calibration time is 7 minutes Page 28 Model A 5 4 Reset Elapsed Time The reset elapsed time panel allows the ventilators time counter to be reset to zero days and minutes This function is only used at the 20 000 hour overhaul Return to Main Menu 5 5 Exit The exit button will return the user to a DOS prompt To return to the ventilator to its normal operating mode restart the ventilator 5 6 Touch Screen Calibration Program The touch screen calibration program is accessed by the same method as for the calibration program See 5 1 Accessing the Calibration Programs on page 24 Enter you code here Four the touch screen please follow the on screen instructions To return to the ventilator to its normal operating mode restart the ventilator cause the ventilator to become unusable A failed touch screen
43. Nut locking 1 1095 T1250 Plate Blanking 1 Attaching Parts 1100 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 Page 318 Model A Model A Fi n SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 4 1105 W0338 Cable Ribbon RS232 connector For Serial N 51100 amp 51115 to TBA Attaching parts 1110 M0306 1 Screw 1115 M0306 2 Nut 1120 M0306 3 Washer 1145 M0856 Clamp cable tie Attaching parts 1150 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 1155 H3091 Nut M3 1160 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 1165 L5000 04 1165 Chassis Electronic Unit Obsolete Item For Serial N 51010 to 51133 1165A L5000 04 1165A Chassis Electronic Unit Obsolete Item For Serial N 51134 to 51428 1165B L5000 04 1165B Chassis Electronic Unit Obsolete Item For Serial N 51429 to 51526 1170 M0903 Speaker Attaching parts 1175 H3212 Screw M3 x 12mm 1180 T0209 02 Washer shouldered 1185 H3091 Nut M3 1190 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 1195 TBA Cable Ribbon RS232 connector For Serial N TBA onwards Attaching parts 1200 MO306 1 Screw 1205 M0306 2 Nut 1210 M0306 3 Washer Page 319 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 1215 T1188 Chassis Electronic Unit 1 For Serial N 51527 onwards Item Not illustrated Page 320 Model A View A 2 5
44. SEE DRG AS L0273 E 5V Control ALTA lt gt soe control e 8 151 u38 40 10 ao wu 2 nCE_PCB_ID 800h Sla pi i DI nCE_DAC 900h ne 8 a poli PEN nCE VI EAQ0h N 3 Ta We is 33 N CE Ve EBO0h A sla pa 16 4 nCE V3 ECO0h AS 5 AS ps 7 DS N CE ADC EDOOh 6 41 a ve 16 36 CE RAM 80005 AT la PLN nRD_PSEN 8 E Ne N CE EEPRDMI 0000h 9 24 ag APSEN Power Dog ON EF00h OFF EE00h ALO al mo 45V Control VEL NEIN NG e Control _nM Pl ae decoupler decoupler ae Rel cala C75 for use C72 for U34 SEIL Egi Ue O Ee S 10 100n m as nCE RAM Sq E m NWR Q MATERIAL CN0895 2 16 06 03 SEE DT A0760 CN0816 1 1 10 04 02 MOD ISS DATE APP D ODIFICATION CONTROL ROLLER wi CIRCUIT 40760 PCB 232 SELSDON ROAD SURREY ye DRN DRAWING NUMBER SHEET DM v O 080 6651 1414 DATE PROJECTION amp CD 0760S1 01 lor 10 04 02 SCALE TITLE a MICRO CON AD Page 388 Model A 33 2 Conventional Valve Drive
45. Touch screen buttons do not operate as expected Possible Cause Touching the screen at two points Touch screen out of alignment Touch screen damaged Remedy Inspect touch screen for damage Re calibrate touch screen If touch screen damaged replace See N6631 02 LCD amp N6631 05 Touch Screen on page 47 6 Symptom Touch screen buttons do not operate Possible Cause Touch screen cable disconnected Touch screen failure Remedy Examine touch screen cable Replace touch screen See N6631 02 LCD amp N6631 05 Touch Screen on page 47 7 Symptom Total power fail alarm active Audible Only after turning off the ventilator Possible Cause Battery disconnect button not fully depressed on power down Remedy Depress button fully to cancel alarm Model A Page 217 8 Symptom Mains power fail alarm active even though connected to mains Alarm Message Main Power Fail Possible Cause Mains power has failed The ventilators main power switch has been set to off Power supply has developed a fault Remedy Restore mains power If mains is connected power supply faulty Replace power supply See M0900 Power Supply Unit on page 41 9 Symptom Monitor failure alarm Alarm Message Monitor Fail Possible Cause A hardware fault has developed within the control monitor board or the ribbon cables between the control monitor board and the CAN card Remedy Check the ribbon cables
46. are set to zero and HFO rate is 3 00 Hz e Adjust the restrictor to set a pressure of 140 mbar on the calibration analyser f Adjust Block and Leak pressure sensor gain until the sensor reading and the calibration analyser agree Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar g Remove the tube from the fresh gas port and adjust the Block and Leak pressure sensor offset until the sensor reading is zero Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar h Repeat steps f and g until pressure sensor and calibration analyser agree Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE i Re connect the Y piece with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser Verify the setting by setting the following pressures via the restrictor Set Pressure Tolerance 0 2 mbar 30 2 mbar 140 2 mbar G Note If using the N9053 fresh gas restrictor a tolerance of 5 mbar can be used 16 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure regulator trim a Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the blender pressure transducer gain to 1379 and the offset to 91 Blender Gain 8 1379 b Remove the gas supplies to the ventilator and ensure that the Blender pressure transducer reads 0 2 mbar allow the sensor reading time to settle Fine tune with the offset control if necessary Blender P mbar Offset 91 d Tighten the locking nut
47. card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the 4 screws A retaining the screen tie bars 4 Remove the 3 remaining facia retaining screws B 5 Gently draw the front panel assembly away from the unit G Note Dispaly touch screen cables not shown for clarity 6 Disconnect the two backlight power leads from the inverter board See section 8 10 on page 44 7 Disconnect the two tubes C 8 Disconnect the fan electrical connector D 9 Disconnect the led electrical connector E 10 Remove the 6 facia retaining screws and washers F 11 Remove the front facia Model A Page 49 12 Remove the 2 screws G retaining the right hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 13 Remove the 2 nuts washers H and screws I retaining the left hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 14 To free the cable detach the locking rod K by cutting the adhesive White locking rod only z Note For ventilators serial number G 51085 to 51163 the connecting cable K is locked in position by a black nylon rA o locking rod K Part N T1306 o o For ventilators serial number 51164 to 51569 the connecting cable is IK locked in position by a white nylon 4 o locking rod Part N T1306 01 The o locking rod is also held in postion by 0 a white silicone adhesive p Warning The
48. electronic unit top cover on before calibrating the reverse jet pressure regulators machine must be on for at least half an hour a Set up the ventilator to HFO Pure mode and set the following parameters Set the Mean to 0 mbar sa Set the Delta P to 20 mbar Mean HFO rate to 5Hz a Delta P 20 mbar HFO Rate 5 00 Hz P Meas Filter 255 b Increase the Forward and Reverse HFO Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings Offsets to achieve the set pressures ain ignore transient overshoots n Y PS c Ensure the mean remains at zero v HFO Offset T HFO Offset Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar 306 g 0 d Set the delta p to 150 and adjust the dai eae ee reverse gain if necessary to achieve the set 923 0 pressure e Ensure that the mean remains at zero Acceptable tolerance 5 mbar f Ensure a minimum delta P of 168 mbar can be achieved Acceptable tolerance 32 mbar v Check list Item 12 Record of Pressure Regulator Calibration Constants Model A Page 173 16 9 Time Constant for pressure measurement waveform Set the Mean to 0 mbar HFO Controls Set the Delta P to 40 mbar Mean an HFO rate to 5Hz moar JL Delta P mbar HFO Rate 4H Starting with the P Meas Filter set at 255 reduce it until the sts transient overshoot on the positive cycle is in range of 25 mbar He Jh 1 mbar P Meas Filter an V Check list Item 12A Recording of P Meas Fi
49. is activated Ensure that the ventilator continues operation on battery for a further 15 minutes minimum after the battery low alarm first occurred v Check list Item 18 14 18 Total Power Fail Alarm Test Check the operation of the total power fail alarm by switching the mains switch off and with the unit powered by the battery alone half press the power off button on the back panel A continuous loud alarm should sound Press the power off button in fully and the sound should cancel v Check list Item 19 Page 142 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE 14 19 Pressure Calibration Verification Check the pressure settings and wave shapes in CMV mode at the following settings BPM 25 Insp time 1 5 seconds PEEP 0 PIP Setting Acceptable tolerance 10 mbar 1mbar 20 mbar 1mbar 30 mbar 1mbar 40 mbar 1mbar 50 mbar 1mbar 60 mbar 1mbar V Checklist Item 20 Check the mean pressure reading and wave shapes in HFO mode at the following settings Rate set to 5Hz Mean set to zero Delta P setting Acceptable tolerance min 1 mbar 40 mbar 2 mbar 80 mbar 2 mbar 120 mbar 4 mbar 160 mbar 5 mbar max 12 mbar Model A Page 143 SLE V3 V3 1 V3 2 This page is intentionally blank Page 144 Model A as SLE Calibration Procedure V3 3 Model A Page 145 Page 146 15 Calibration Procedure for V3 3 software The calibratio
50. relief Item Not illustrated Model A Page 363 Pneumatic module sub assembly Figure 11 Sheet 1 of 5 Page 364 Model A View A 15 Pneumatic module sub assembly Figure 11 Sheet 2 of 5 Page 365 Model A 75 70 Pneumatic module sub assembly Figure 11 Sheet 3 of 5 Page 366 Model A 155 170 150 View D D 190 195 195 View E 195 Pneumatic module sub assembly Figure 11 Sheet 4 of 5 Model A Page 367 235 200 Pneumatic module sub assembly Figure 11 Sheet 5 of 5 Model A Page 368 Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 11 1 T1187 Pneumatic module sub assembly RF See figure 5 for next highest assembly 5 L0287 Blender amp loom assembly 1 10 M0630 Pad foam 2 Attaching parts 15 H3230 Screw M3 x 30mm 2 20 H3091 03 Nut shakeproof M3 2 25 H3091 Nut M3 2 30 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 35 H3095 Washer Nylon M3 4 40 N6618 01 O ring 4 45 M0309 03 Sleeve rubber 2 50 L5000 011 50 Pressure transducer loom assembly 1 Attaching parts 55 H3125 Screw M3 x 25mm 2 60 T1171 Bracket pressure transducer 1 Attaching parts 65 H3210 Screw M3 x 10mm 2 70 N6605 Tube connector equal tee 1 75 N6608 Tube connector plugin elbow 1 80 N2373 Tube Polyuretha
51. 1 290 W0337 Display RS232 ribbon cable 1 295 M0903 65 Speaker 1 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 310 M0902 40 Cooling fan 2 315 P0448 03 Socket electrical 1 Attaching Parts 320 H3116 Screw M3 x 16mm 8 325 H3091 Nut M3 8 330 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 8 335 T1296 Bracket twin fan 1 340 N6631 01 PC Board 1 341 N6631 07 Heatsink clip on 1 342 L5000 04 342 Speaker and loom assembly 1 See items 435 amp 436 Attaching Parts 343 T0209 01 Thumb nut 4 344 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 4 345 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 346 H3091 Nut M3 4 347 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 348 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 4 349 M0434 01 Cable tie 1 350 M0484 03 AA cell 1 5v 2 351 M0305 33 Pillar 4 355 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 4 360 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 365 N6631 06 Serial Controller PCB 1 Attaching Parts 370 M0305 36 Pillar 4 375 H3091 Nut M3 4 380 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 8 385 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 4 Model A Page 309 SLE Page 310 Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 390 L5000 04 160 Connector loom 1 Ref Dwg AS L0272 Attaching Parts 400 M0434 01 Cable tie 1 405 M0434 Cable tie 1 410 L5000 04 175 Cooling fan assembly 1
52. 14 Conventional valve drive ribbon cable J P6 15 Analogue valve drive ribbon cable K P7 16 Alarm sounder cable main loom L JP5 17 Battery power supply sensing connector main loom M JP9 18 Controller to A0761 transducer assembly connector N JP7 19 O cell connector O JP8 20 Power supply connector monitor side main loom P JP6 21 Flow sensor connector Q JP4 22 The control and monitor board can now be removed Note For a detailed description Refer to A0763 02 Monitor and control board on page 74 Assembly is the reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Model A 8 7 M0900 Power Supply Unit 1 Disconnect the main power supply 2 Remove the four fixing Screws 3 Disconnect the battery monitor cable A 4 Disconnect the main loom power cable B 5 Disconnect the battery monitor cable C 6 Lift the power supply to reveal the mains inlet cable D 7 Disconnect the mains inlet cable and remove the power supply 8 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device Model A Page 41 id SLE 8 8 M0901 Batteries 1 Remove the CAN P card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC Qu a board and the monitor Oy io control board as SN described in section 2 8 6 ee 3 Di t all th i Ze Disconnect all the Vo battery termin
53. 1Y0d NOUY NHX3 13r Pue Add M3ON3IIS NOLLVIVHX3 TO GION3IOS N39AXO CUI MAXIA nasako NA ea 2001 nn 000 chet JOQUgZ 3ONVISIS2M E Wd gi 13s CH rac E N x SAS Zoo omg z p da r f rm 1 Z b sant LH N AAS nqudi ot 39NVISIS3H Lal C N ZLAS r M38NNVHOD ONIXIN 430N318 Gant sz p Jo urcg sud 40 3ONVNOSSM IN3A3Hd OL CNNL HON SUIONOASNYUL o o IYUNSSIYA AVMUN WNIXOMd dlo Idle vad AM O ISd ZL XOMddv Wd Zo Good NOLLO3NNOO JNNSSIUA TWNIXONd YINIdNYO CASIATY 38 LON TIM IN3WNIDO SIHL DL SIINYHI 28NL994NN9W 404 LON NOILVWYOANI 204 G4ALNI8d ANO T d 18404 Ta O 10q g N39AXO M39nasNvalL IUNSSIMA IUNIO bud ra A Pm C ISdOY k V 10q g g uly WIIN Page 379 Model A 29 2 Schematic Post PAM Below is a schematic representation of the pneumatic unit of the SLE5000 ventilator post proximal airway modification To identify if the unit has been modified refer to the pneumatic unit serial number label located in the exhalation block area If the label is marked with the letters PAM then the unit has been modified If unmodified refer to the schematic on page 379 02201 LINN DINOMIO3T3 NI O31Y907 IV YINIdNYO ONY d 7 Zd ld SUIONOSNVUL IUNSSIYA Zd ALIUVIO 03 MIONOSNVUL NMOHS LON Q103INVA SAM DLLVANINO 3UNSSIHA SVI HS34 ALON NOLLOANNOO Svo HSJ d Wd 8 WW JDQUOLL SZL 340sS3Md INIMOVHI ig oqu
54. 3 T a E 0 Oh D gt S o9 et o 2 c n Page 321 Model A Pneumatic module Figure 5 Sheet 2 of 4 Model A Page 322 185 185 View D 150 145 FA a We 155 N N S PAR De A NN ve NI S 165 Figure 5 Sheet 3 of 4 Pneumatic module 160 170 Page 323 Model A Pneumatic module Figure 5 Sheet 4 of 4 Page 324 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 5 1 L5000 01 175 Pneumatic module assembly RF Obsolete item Use Part N L0208 Fig 6 item 1 See Figure 1 for next highest assembly 5 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 155mm 1 10 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 190mm 1 15 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 135mm 1 20 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 300mm 1 25 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 170mm 1 30 N2191 10 Oxygen sensor cell 1 35 L5000 05 35 HFO module 1 Obsolete item Use Part N L0281 Fig 8 item 1 See Figure 7 for detailed breakdown Attaching Parts 40 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 4 45 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 4 50 H3018 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 55 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 60 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 125mm 1 65 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 55mm 1 70 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 190mm 1 75 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 250mm 1 80 N
55. 4 PTV 5 PSV 6 SIMV 7 HFO 8 Combin 26 sTrgFl 0 2 to 20 0 l min Set flow trigger threshold When a flow x x sensor is not available then this value relates to the pressure trigger threshold 0 2 min sensitivity 20 0 max sensitivity 27 sAADel 5 to 60 sec Set Apnoea Alarm delay time x x 28 highP 10 to 120 mbar Set High Pressure alarm threshold x x 29 lowP 120 to 110 mbar Set Low Pressure alarm threshold x x 30 lowTV 0 to 200 ml Set Low Tidal Volume alarm threshold x x 31 highMV 1 0t018 0 Set High Minute volume alarm threshold x x 32 lowMV 0 0 to 18 Set Low Minute volume alarm threshold x x 33 Dummy Requests x x 63 Model A Page 427 SLE 33 26 Alarm and inoperative indications The VueLink display will show ventilator alarms and inoperative conditions Alarms and Inoperative conditions inops are displayed along the top of the VueLink monitor screen The inops are shown in green at the top left of the screen alarms are shown in either yellow mid top screen or red top right Red alarms indicate a life threatening situation which requires an immediate response from the medical staff and yellow alarms indicate a situation where the medical staff are necessary but it is of less critical importance The textual alarm messages on the VueLink system are brief summaries of the ventilator alarm conditions The following table shows how the SLE5000 messages correspond to VueLink display mes
56. 48 month overhaul the user has three options Option 1 To carry out a service exchange of the pneumatic unit Option 2 To purchase a new pneumatic unit Option 3 To carry out the overhaul from the N9010 48 kit of parts Page 98 Model A 24 Month 10 000 Hour Overhaul Model A Page 99 2 SLE 13 5 24 month 10 000 hour overhaul procedure The following instructions list the order in which the 24 month overhaul should be carried out 1 Remove the seven fixing screws A indicated from the rear cover 2 Slide the rear cover towards the rear of the machine When the lip has been disengaged lift the cover off Model A Page 100 Warning If the ventilator is under a warranty agreement removal of the inner covers may void the agree ment Please refer to the warranty documentation 3 Remove the screws B 10 screws to release the electronic inner cover Note The design of the inner cover may vary 4 Remove the screws C 6 screws to release the pneumatic unit base plate 5 Rest the ventilator on a soft pad Note Keep the ventilator plugged into the mains supply but with the supply turned off This is to earth the ventilator and prevent static build up Model A Page 101 13 5 1 Removal of the N6634 CAN Card ts 4 Warning the Can Card is a static sensitive device g 1 Disconnect the two ribbon cables A amp B from the CAN card 2 Remove the four screws retaining the
57. A Oxygen regulator module Figure 9 Sheet 1 of 2 Page 357 Xo 55 105 O Co iun a Ln A Cif Oxygen regulator module Sheet 2 of 2 Page 358 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 9 1 L0282 Oxygen regulator assembly RF See figure 5 for next highest assembly 5 N6615 02 Pressure regulator captive 1 10 T1159 Input connector block Air amp O2 1 15 L5000 09 15 O gt hose connector assembly 1 See items 50 75 20 L5000 09 20 Air hose connector assembly 1 See items 80 105 25 N6602 14 Tube connector twin elbow Banjo 1 30 N6600 14 Tube connector stud male 1 35 N6601 18 Tube connector swivel elbow 1 Attaching parts 40 N2367 14 Adaptor tapered male 1 45 M0751 Tape PTFE AR 50 N2185 35 O inlet connector A B 1 UK amp European market 50A N2185 33 Ov inlet connector C 1 Japanese market 55 N6618 O ring 2 60 N2185 06 Filter Nylon cone 1 65 T1170 Washer duckbill 1 70 N2185 05 Check valve duckbill 1 75 N2185 16 Connector 1 80 N2185 34 Air inlet connector A B 1 UK amp European market 80A N2185 32 Air inlet connector C 1 Japanese market 85 N6618 O ring 2 90 N2185 06 Filter Nylon cone 1 95 T1170 Washer duckbill 1 100 N2185 05 Check valve duckbill 1 105 T1162 Connector 1 Item Not illustrated Model A Page 359 Partition assembly Figure 10
58. Ab D SUYO LI auo SUOLSISAI TW uod BaL guod MOSN3S 21001 f T ey RIV29H9INI van zuz ASTI quod ATEN TONINDI NOTI SSIJICON 2gcg 2 3194 FIFI 1898 020 ran SS09 0V 2 dde aia TOWN coso Le T NO eee Td9 299 133HS asawoNn ONIMVAaT 0 70 10 1 9T80N2 C H2 INDI NOCS1IS ZEZ 31V 10SI D0 IVNV Lady 09 0Y ON 3009 AIDLS AU LINOW 3 ALNOO SIN 09 09 10 338 JILL awas WIASLYW S 39 F ES EX SIE aper ro o0 a pay 4agunN 3uaundoq pas ojosj Boyouy Mer mate posod up SUOZIOIOI py Tcu s an C EE Ven T3SIAGV 38 LON MIA LN3WN9200 SIHI DL S39NVHO IYNLIVANNWW 304 LON NUILYWYD ANI JO I31NIBSd ANO veu NOPSPIOLT a MISIVA NOVO EXE S2 2v 3 ATZIWDO CA L sese KH en mans 0005378 NO dasn NOISSINGad N3IlINA LNOHLIA GallalADdd SY ignna NI dI YOS LON q Ev v TUS Pou SI 18Yd NI a0 IdDHA NI ONILADI 4 40 ALN3dUBd JHL SI NI3N3H I3NIv NU2 1438 NUMOnOUNJ Nd acque AN dez UNY INGMOSQ SIBI 8 i S v E E T Page 397 Model A 33 11 Control amp Monitor Alarm Controller poao u SUozpodva ny SAT AP T SUYO u a49 SUOISISSI jV veGosvdl re Aay cm
59. Analogue Data Aquisition 5V Control aa cu6 LI 100n 16 CHO D0orDB Be bats E E 18 cHe peormo 12 E 19 CH3 D3orDil 20 cra Da 10 ba aj cs DS E s T CHE D6 a EN nev C cH v Z a an 1K0 Y 1 5V Jets CLK lt cs vec E i PES rez soc R140 En ReFAdj VE H TTS AN nue Ref RD n p cne a Ere AGnd HBEN 1K0 6 AD 100n SHDN D INT 2 gt nINT ADC E 2 8 F cus REFS s MAXIS7 us cuz cua 100n 104 Join Digital N amp Signal Here Monitor Port 5V Cons cus 1u0 cus 1u0 MAX232A or MAX232SE RIUUT RIIN TIN TIDUT T2IN S E DI A0760 CNO816 1 1 10 04 02 MOD ISS DATE APP D MODIFICATION CONTROL STOCK CODE No SCALE TITLE APR D Analogue Data Aquisition Monitor Port 232 SELSDON ROAD CRD SOUTH CROYDON DRAWING NUMBER SHEET A ORS EPL PAN DM No 020 8681 1414 DATE c 04 02 PROJECTION CD A0760S1 06 DF 4 Model A Page 393 130 OZ INDI NOILYOIHICOW lagcgz2 3191 Er NOLLA ONda viv1 1898 020 S09 0V O add avaj ssi tom
60. Attaching Parts 700 H3220 Screw M3 x 20mm 1 705 H3093 Washer M3 2 710 T1240 Screen Mounting Plate 1 715 N6631 03 Inverter PCB 1 For Serial N 51010 to 51444 Attaching Parts 720 M0305 36 Pillar 3 725 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 730 H3091 Nut M3 3 735 H3094 01 Washer crinkle M3 3 740 N6631 10 Inverter PCB 1 For Serial N 51445 to 51569 Attaching Parts 745 M0305 36 Pillar 2 750 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 755 H3091 Nut M3 2 760 H3094 01 Washer crinkle M3 2 Page 314 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 765 N6631 13 Inverter PCB 1 For Serial N 51570 onwards Attaching Parts 770 M0305 36 Pillar 3 775 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 776 H3091 Nut M3 3 780 H3094 01 Washer crinkle M3 3 785 M0900 Power Supply Unit 1 Attaching Parts 790 H3210 Screw M3 x 10mm 4 795 L5000 04 795 Main Loom 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51134 800 M0779 10 Fuse 10amp 1 805 M0434 Cable tie AR 810 W0328 Main Loom 1 For Serial N 51135 onwards 815 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 165mm 1 820 M0434 Cable tie 1 825 M0306 1 Screw 2 830 M0306 2 Nut 2 835 M0306 3 Washer 2 840 A0761 Transducer PCB Assembly 1 Open PCB transducer used from ventilator serial N 51859 onwards Attaching
61. C 1 70 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 75 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 80 M0284 Fuse 1 amp 1 80A M0457 01 Fuse 2 amp A B C RF Model A Page 281 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 1 85 11285 02 Label Fuse 2 amp 240V A B C 1 85A 11285 01 Label Fuse 2 amp 110V RF Obsolete item 90 M0219 Label serial number 1 95 L5000 01 95 Base plate and side door assembly 1 See figure 2 for detailed breakdown Attaching Parts 100 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 6 105 H4110 Screw trolley fixing M4 x10mm 2 110 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 115 T1193 Inner Cover 1 Obsolete item Use item 135 Attaching Parts 120 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 8 125 H4208 Screw M4 x 8mm 2 130 T1191 Cross Bar 2 Obsolete item Attaching Parts 135 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 5 140 T1193 01 Inner Cover 1 Attaching Parts 145 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 4 150 H4208 Screw M4 x 8mm 2 155 L5000 01 155 Front facia assembly 1 See figure 3 for detailed breakdown Attaching Parts 160 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 6 165 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 6 170 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 3 Page 282 Model A Fi lem SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 1 170 L0270 Electronic module assembly See figure 4 for detailed breakdown 175 L5000 01 175 Pneumatic module assembly Obsolete item Use item 175a See figu
62. CAN 8 card 3 Gently disconnect the CAN card from the PC board by lifting the card vertically until all the connector pins are disengaged from the socket 4 The two nylon spacers C are now loose Care should be taken to prevent them falling into the electronic unit 13 5 2 Replacement of the CPU battery 4 Warning The PC board is a static sensitive device 1 Remove the can card as described in section 13 5 1 2 Remove the battery A from the battery housing B 3 Fit the new battery Part N M0909 Page 102 Model A ty SLE 13 5 3 Removal of the PC carrier board and the Control and Monitor Board re 4 Warning The Control and Monitor Board is a static sensitive device 1 Remove the PCB locking screw This will allow the top board assembly to slide forward a small amount This allows better access to the edge connectors of the top board 2 Disconnect the display connector cable A 3 Disconnect the cooling fan power supply connector B 4 Disconnect the board power connector cable C 5 Disconnect the touch screen connector cable D 6 Disconnect the RS232 connector cable E 7 The PC carrier board can now be removed by sliding towards the rear of the ventilator 8 Place the PC carrier board in a anti static bag or store the board in an appropriate anti static environment Model A Page 103 The Control monitor board can now be accessed 9 Disco
63. CPAP set to 0 Set Oxygen concentration Lower Limit Upper limit 2196 2096 2496 3096 2796 3396 4096 3796 4396 5096 47 53 60 57 63 70 67 73 80 77 83 90 87 93 100 97 100 v Check list Item 16 Model A Page 177 16 16 Soak Test After a complete calibration the ventilator should be soaked tested for 50 hours to ensure normal operation The soak test is divide into to halves 25 hours in HFO mode and 25 hours in CMV Connect gas to the ventilator The soak test can be carried out with air connected to the oxygen inlet but a dummy 100 O cell will need to be fitted This device is available from SLE on request part number L0291 Connect a full N5188 patient circuit with test lung Carry out a 100 oxygen calibration One point with the dummy 100 O cell Set the ventilator up in HFO mode Set HFO rate to 5 Hz Mean to 10 mbar Delta p set to achieve 60 mbar FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of HFO soak check the delta p and the mean are within 1096 of initial values Set the ventilator to CMV mode Set BPM to 100 PIP to 50 PEEP to 10 Insp Time to 0 35 sec FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of CMV soak Check the PIP pressure is unchanged Acceptable tolerance t1mbar Check the PEEP is unchanged Acceptable tolerance t1mbar Page 178 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE 16 17 Battery Cha
64. Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the delivered oxygen differs from the user selected level by more than 5 the above alarm is generated Action Recalibrate O sensor If alarm re appears remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 55 Monitor Display Comms Fail Alarm message Monitor display comms fail Alarm sub message Call engineer Priority of alarm e 54 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator detects a communications failure between the contoller and the monitor display system this alarm is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Model A Page 251 Alarm 56 Alarm Controller Fail Alarm message System Fail Alarm sub message Alarm Controller Fail Priority of alarm 55 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the al
65. Class 1 1 1 1 particle size of 0 1 microns 1 Pressure dewpoint of 70 C 1 oil content 0 01Mg m3 If the compressed air supply is found to fall below the I808573 1 standard then in line filtration of the air is required 23 7 3 Flows Fresh Gas Flow 8 litres minute Maximum gas flow 60 litres minute Page 268 Model A 23 8 Power Dimensions Standards etc Voltage 100 240V 50 60Hz Power 115 VA Fuses 100 250V 50 60Hz Fuse T 2 0AH 250v Battery Back up 12 volt Up to 45 60 minutes dependant on mode Battery life 10 years Battery Charging Full charge 24 Hours 80 charge 8 hours Rating Class 1 Unit must be earthed Operating Environment Temp 10 40 C Humidity 30 75 Non condensing Size Ventilator only 330mm W x 330mm H x 470mm D Height on pole 1140 cms Weight ventilator only 23 6 Kgs Constructed to conform to BS EN 475 1995 BS EN 794 1 1997 BS EN 60601 1 1990 BS EN 60601 1 2 1993 BS EN 60601 1 4 1996 Medical Devices Directive 93 42 EEC Patient Circuit Required Model 10 mm Single use for use with incubators SLE Part N N5188 Model 10mm Single use for use cots SLE Part N N5188 02 Model 10 mm Re usable SLE Part N N2391 50 23 9 Environmental Storage Conditions When packed for transport or storage Ambient Temperature 40 C to 70 C Relative Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Atmospheric Pressure 500hPa to 1060hPa Model A Page 269 24 Pneumatic Unit S
66. DNIMYIC HO ayo NUTS 138 2E2 SASONASNVAL JANSSIAA LAdY 1920 ON 3009 MODIS WVSDVIG LIDOSIO SIN 31111 3193s o FOT X3susp 2002 5I Xn 57 al 19L0r Ev E Re morc i CASIACY 38 LON TIM SASONESNYEL FANSSI A E IN3WNIDC SIHL Dl S39NVHO EEES 3IYNLIVNNWW 204 LON rn NOILVNSOHNI 304 E G4LNIdd A INO E Era aa A i DTT SE Oo i a x370m Lew i isthe Aer O za la ib I Rina As o 3unss3sd 3 AYAS o 2 lt q m AVAE N Y ando iudei 3HI Sal e ik ou 3YNSSIYA Sn cob ano E MENOS I E 3 y DAI xe n 000SI7S NU aasn c arozor SP NT SO Sige NI SNIAdES p JIS 438 NOLLINGOSd 3ad 5 AARON SH GN INSADODO SIHT E 8 L 5 S El T N m Model A Page 386 SLE A0763 02 Circuit Diagrams Model A Page 387 33 A0763 02 circuit diagrams 33 1 Micro Controller THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY DF PRE PRODUCTION REF SLE Ltd COPYING IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION NUNE NI Y PRINTED USED ON SLED000 FOR INFORMATION NOT FOR MANUFACTURE Micro Controller CHANGES TO THIS DOCUMENT Fey Contro
67. Interface Failure 70 Controller Failure controller has reset unexpectedly 80 Sub Ambient Pressure 81 82 Sustained Sub Ambient pressure 84 Monitor Failure 90 Unexpected Rise in Mean P 91 Unexpected Drop in Mean P 92 Unexpected Rise in Max P 93 Unexpected Drop in Max P 94 Unexpected Rise in Min P 95 Unexpected Drop in Min P 96 Pressure change detected Page 420 Model A 100 Monitor Display Comms Fail 101 EEProm Flow data corrupt 102 EEProm Oxygen data corrupt 103 EEProm Pressure Offset data corrupt 104 EEProm Pressure Gain data corrupt 105 EEProm Pressure Time constant Data corrupt 33 20 RS232 Connection Settings and Testing Data Output 33 20 1 Version 3 3 Connect a standard serial cable from the ventilator to the test computer Turn on the ventilator and allow it to enter ventilation off mode Open the Hyper Terminal for Windows or the terminal emulator for other operating systems Settings COM1 9600 bps 8 Data bits Parity None 1 stop bit Flow None or No handshake Turn on the ventilator the hyper terminal should show that comma delimited data is being sent 33 20 2 Version 4 1 Connect a standard serial cable from the ventilator to the test computer Turn on the ventilator and allow it to enter ventilation off mode Open the Hyper Terminal for Windows or the terminal emulator for other operating systems Settings COM1 19200 bps 8 Data bits Parity None 1 stop bit Flow
68. Le 199 289 V D pOo S0 2 1 9180N2 mae NDGADSD HITS 133HS S3ENON_DNTAVAO go oto 2 I 9180N2 CHO avos NOGS1asS ZEZ LINA NSd 82d Adv 0940v ON 3009 MODIS AO LINOW 9 TOSLNOO SIN 09409 101 338 JUIL 371928 VIS LV 3 quod si 49 paroauuo gt 340 puno48 uamod uBi puo 1031817 po494 up suo4 2odo2 jy 933035 as MJaeuro e4auw 4da2x3 ZI Mp T SWYO U SUO SUOLSISAY 1Y 3ujod 1230831 40 Zal 38071824Z een LI AN 9ND2 AOS EE alo SU 193 dial m B3INDUS AS O uod da Eldl Fara CA AGO 4502 Aet Av2 N3ADd O S t xe WEE 47040 oa sa WWBLSENT ut ou c i SOTS AJI m d 49 ADI 91 O no TIENE e Ou noza so v2 2 T D a 8 TR8GNI u ed qmm Nwe KI a o uod 5 10STAS d30768X1 in i Q3SIAQV 3 LON TIA C DET ENT IN3WNIOC SIHL DL S3DNVHO o IL J3JNLIVANNYW 304 LON NOILVWIDINI X04 gt NYN19 D3N SOd UST ADI AST SIL 5 wm re TAS 7 GSININd ANH 31s Aq pats SOGON Yol4939N SWA M zd 29 oe ta AS c da oor azz c I YS 3ujod o y Ta Tdi O 000S37S NE q3sn R s DIA NDISSIWeldd NILLI ZIA LNOHLIM GCALIISIHLBd N ASY LANDA NI dI J199S LON T v Tus P BD ST lavd NI HD SIGH NI UNLAdDO eo gt x i e E a e Model A Page 394 33 8 Control amp Monitor Micro Non isolated rii TOSINDI NOVIN Jepeoza 31V Da S09 0V O Tad avo ssi nom TEENS Posoze srgoN2 133HS SIEWON ENIAV3G 0 vO TO 2 1 9180N AHI 31V IHSI NDUN H82IN
69. Note Cleaning is an essential prerequisite to disinfection and sterilization Ventilator For cleaning use three clean disposable absorbent non shedding cloths Wipe clean with the first cloth using a hand hot water mild general purpose detergent solution as prescribed by the appropriate hospital authority Do not overload the cloth with liquid Remove the water mild general purpose detergent solution with the second cloth using water only Do not overload the cloth with liquid Wipe dry with the remaining cloth Care should be taken to ensure that the ventilator gas jets in the ports are not blocked by any debris Model A A A 22 4 Disinfection method G A Model A C2 SLE Ensure that the detergent solution does not enter the unit or the exhalation block gas ports on the side of the machine Touch Screen Do not use any abrasive cleaners on the touch screen surface Flow Sensor Wash in hand hot water mild general purpose detergent solution as prescribed by the appropriate hospital authority Rinse with sterile water Warning Do not clean the flow sensor with compressed air or water jet As this will destroy the sensor wires Exhalation block The exhalation block can be immersed and agitated in the detergent solution Do not insert any objects into the exhalation block Rinse the exhalation block in clean water it must be allowed to dry thoroughly before sterilization Note Alcohols such as 70 isopropanol
70. ON 3009 ADOLS wal ddNs ayo NDIS 3S ZEZ XOIND3123 13 LINDYIO AES 0 nono3rud F XX sabp3 duous 9 Suung NY eAcuay WOO NIVN SIN NI SNDISN3HIT 3LVLS 3SIMYSHLO SSIINN ILL 31v28 S39NVH3T101 IVIFILWH HSINI4 a gt css sl EEEOM WOO 037 avd CILSIML TEEOM wool DEEOM NOgala 92 0 wool 34 940 E 20 1 NIE s ayn Y I 8 Py HLSV3 SISSVHO 12 0 Es NDHSTS BI EA q AWA Se 8 EH a or 88888888 oy 9d 18 734 CIU IHM 20 L BOSD ww 01x 0E0 vE99N j amp 2c0 NORET NID AND GIVd T3ISIAD ND88IS o 18 A85 ames AUT 138 439 Alva GLSIAD 8 aazzna EEN z E 338 9602N A 1 CISIATY 38 LON TIM dus ii AN3WNIDA SIHL OL S39NvH2J FINLIVANNWW ADA LON 33s ez201 RA lt 1 NOTLVWA03NT 304 His sar GC31NIBd ANO 338 0060N al va 2 0008378 NO_438n i NON 438 NOLLOnGDU3d 38d ni I DI 3 8 I Z I I a Y I I El I I Page 383 Model A This page is intentionally blank Page 384 Model A SLE A0761 Circuit Diagram Model A Page 385 TOSINOS NULIVOIJIIUW 208001 31Vd Tl171 1898 020 dae I920V 02 Cady 31d SSI ow 199 2d T ON aay NUIT AJAANS Y Eo 20 S2 I I 9IBONI NDIADSN2 HINOS 133HS NIENNN
71. PIP Pressure Setting 1 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 1 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar PIP Pressure Setting 2 5 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 1 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar Model A Page 131 SLE V3 V3 1 V3 2 Leak Gain to 3336 and Offset to 220 c Return to the Jet Calibration screen Set all the controls to zero calibration analyser agree Page 132 d Set up the ventilator to CMV mode 14 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration b Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the Block and HFO Controls a Connect a Y piece with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser Block amp Leak Gain 4p 3336 X Leak P 0 mbar Offset i 220 8 CMY Controls Set BPM 0 Set Insp Time 0 00 Secs Set PIP T 39 Ferie Tei ET parr AN Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar e Adjust the restrictor to set a pressure of 140 mbar on the calibration analyser f Adjust Block and Leak pressure sensor gain until the sensor reading and the g Remove the tube from the fresh gas port and adjust the Block and Leak pressure sensor offset until the sensor reading is zero h Repeat steps f and g until pressure sensor and calibration analyser agree Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE i Re connect the Y pie
72. Parts 845 M0305 36 Pillar 6 850 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 6 855 H3091 Nut M3 6 860 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 6 Model A Page 315 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 865 N2373 Tube AR 870 M0434 Cable tie 4 875 N2520 Y Piece Connector 1 880 M0904 PCB Runner 2 Attaching Parts 881 M0752 Adhesive AR 885 T1243 Locking Block PCB 1 Attaching Parts 890 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 895 M0901 Battery Back up 2 900 W0332 Link Cable Battery 1 Attaching Parts 905 H4212 Screw M4 x 12mm 4 910 T1192 Boss battery mounting 4 915 L5000 04 915 Battery Bracket Assembly 1 See items 940 950 Attaching Parts 920 H4110 Screw M4 x 10mm 2 925 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 930 L5000 04 930 PCB Bracket Runner Assembly 1 See items 955 985 Attaching Parts 935 H3210 Screw M3 x 10mm 2 940 M0901 Battery Back up 1 945 T1254 Bracket Battery 1 Attaching Parts 950 H5110 Screw M5 x 10mm 2 Page 316 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 955 M0904 PCB Runner 2 956 M0752 Adhesive AR 960 T1249 Bracket PCB Runner 1 965 N2096 Buzzer 1 970 M0434 01 Cable tie 1 975 T1244 PCB Spacer 2 Attaching Parts 980 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 985 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 9
73. SLE Maintenance and Overhaul Model A Page 85 13 Maintenance and Overhaul The ventilator has the following maintenance overhaul schedule 6 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 06 12 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 12 18 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 06 24 months 10 000hrs Overhaul Kit N9010 24 30 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 06 36 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 12 42 months Preventative maintenance Kit N9010 06 48 months 20 000hrs Overhaul Kit N9010 48 13 1 Preventative Maintenance Their are two types of preventative maintenance kit available the N9010 06 six month kit and the N9010 12 twelve month kit The N9010 06 contains the following Conical filter Qty 2 Part N N2185 06 Duckbill valve Qty 2 Part N N2185 05 Duckbill washer Qty 2 Part N T1170 O rings Qty 2 Part N N6618 CPU battery Qty 1 Part N M0909 Orifice block O rings Qty 2 Part N N2042 The N9010 12 contains the following Conical filter Qty 2 Part N N2185 06 Duckbill valve Qty 2 Part N N2185 05 Duckbill washer Qty 2 Part N T1170 O rings Qty 2 Part N N6618 CPU battery Qty 1 Part N M0909 Orifice block O rings Qty 2 Part N N2042 Oxygen cell Qty 1 Part N N2191 10 AA Battery 1 5v Qty 2 Part N M0484 03 Page 86 Model A 6 18 30 amp 42 Month Maintenance Model A Page 87 2 SLE 13 2 6 18 30 amp 42 month preventa
74. Set Low Tidal Vol 0 1 ml 0 to 2970 0 to 297ml Alarm 21 Set High Tidal Vol 0 1 ml 30 to 3000 3 to 300ml Alarm 22 Set Low Minute Vol ml 0 to 18000 0 to 181 Alarm 23 Set High Minute Vol ml 1000 to 18000 1 to 18l Alarm 24 Measured Total BPM breaths min Total breath count over the last minute O to 255 25 Measured CPAP mbar 175 to 175 mbar 26 Measured Insp Time 0 01 sec 0 to 32768 0 to 327 68 seconds 27 Measured Insp 0 1ml 0 to 32768 0 to 3 2768 I Volume Model A Page 417 yy LE Param N Description Units Details 28 Measured Exp 0 1ml 0 to 32768 0 to 3 2768 Volume 29 Measured PEEP mbar 175 to 175 mbar 30 Measured PIP mbar 175 to 175 mbar 31 Measured FiO2 0 to 100 32 Measured HFO Delta mbar 175 to 175 mbar P 33 Measured HFO Mean mbar 175 to 175 mbar 34 Trigger Count breaths min Number of patient triggers in the last minute 0 to 255 35 Measured Minute Vol ml 0 to 32768 0 to 32 7681 36 Measured Leak 0 to 100 leak 37 Measured Resistance 0 1 mbar sec l Airway resistance 0 to 32768 0 to 3276 8 millibar seconds per litre 38 Measured Compliance 0 1 ml mbar Total Compliance 0 to 255 0 to 25 5 millilitres per millibar 39 Measured C20 C 0 1 This value is a ratio of the compliance over the last 20 of the pressure rise compared to the total compliance 0 to 255 0 to 25 5 40 Current Alarm n a This value indicates the cu
75. Track button Apnea Sup Button Apnoea setup button Arrow buttons Auto set Button Backup parameter control Begin psv Button BPM parameter control Calibrate button Calibrate Flow Sensor button Camera button CMV button Confirm button Continue without flow button Continuous HFO button Controller button CPAP button CPAP parameter control Delta P parameter control Default button End psv button Expiratory Only button F P button F V button FiO button FiO parameter control Model A Activates alarm thresholds for modification Sets selected 0 for testing Sends diagnostic pulse Activates Backup Apnea settings panel Increments value Autoset high cycle and low alarm thresholds 1 to 150 bpm Sends diagnostic pulse 1 to 150 bpm Calibrates flow sensor Activates calibrate flow sensor panel Stores a loop to memory Selects CMV mode Confirms selection Selects pressure monitoring operation Selects oscillations in both inspiratory and expiratory phases Activates controller services panel Selects CPAP mode 0 to 20 mbar 4 to 180 mbar Returns the waveform display to default layout Sends diagnostic pulse Selects oscillations in expiratory phase only Selects flow versus pressure loop display Selects flow versus volume loop display Selects fractional concentration of inspired oxygen against time display 21 to 100 Page 259 Flow button Folder button Gr
76. air regulator J S M 40PSI air regulator to differential pressure i AL 5 transducer K eU 40PSI air regulator to blender port 1 L QOQ 40PSI air regulator to manifold M M J Model A Page 125 6 Offer the partition assembly up DA to the ventilator _ 2 P d R 7 Reconnect the tube connected 4 to FRI N si y 8 Reconnect the tube connected ec TDI to SV7 O ES Ve 4 9 Reconnect the fresh gas tube lt D ai T connected to the SV7 bypass Cc mounting block P RWB To MED e 10 Secure the partition assembly ESE d Q with the four screws and oS N E washers R do N i 5 d rn ZA 11 Fit the new oxygen cell 12 Refit the base plate to the ventilator and the term the ventilator over 13 Reversing the procedure for replacement of the batteries re install all the electronic module components 13 7 17 Setup 1 Carry out a full system calibration using the calibration procedure appropriate to the installed version of software 2 Reset the time and date 3 Carry out the two point oxygen calibration 4 Replace all the covers Page 126 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE Calibration Procedure V3 to 3 2 Model A Page 127 14 Calibration Procedure for V3 V3 1 amp 3 2 software The calibration procedure is to be used in conjunction with a checklist The checklist is used to record the calibration values set dur
77. all the waveform windows and that they correspond to the set parameters Page 190 Model A Step 21 Set the following parameters in the CMV mode 5 A 18 Insp Time 3 sec PEER 5mbar Piola 20 mbar Fiona 21 Step 22 Remove the test lung and connect the calibration analyser to the ET manifold Vv Verify that the calibration analyser alternates between the PEEP and PIP settings Refit the test lung 17 1 7 High Pressure Alarm Step 23 Reduce high alarm setting to 19mbar This should initiate an audible alarm and a High Pressure visual alarm Reduce the high alarm threshold a further 6mbar below the measured PIP The high pressure alarm should remain but all fresh gas should now be cut off the PEEP will be maintained After 3 seconds the fresh gas should be re instated and a further 6 seconds the ventilator should try to re instate ventilation The fresh gas cut off cycle should repeat v Return alarm setting to 25mbar and press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification and restart ventilation 17 1 8 Low Alarm Step 24 Increase the low alarm setting to 6mbar This should initiate an audible alarm and a Low Pressure visual alarm Increase the low alarm threshold a further 6mbar A reset hist adjust above the measured PEEP The low pressure alarm should remain but all fresh gas should now be cut off the PEEP will be maintained v Return alarm setting to Omb
78. at this port of 8LPM 0 25LPM Check list Item 5 f With the fresh gas valve SV7 de energised ensure the flow at the fresh gas port is at least 1 2LPM typ 1 8LPM Check list Item 6 Occlude the fresh gas supply with SV7 de energised and ensure that the pressure developed in the fresh gas limb is between 10 and 20 mbar Check list Item 7 g h Monitor the flow from the proximal airway pressure port using a precision flow meter and adjust regulator PR7 approx 12PSI to achieve a flow at this port of 0 2LPM x 0 05LPM Check list Item 8 i Ensure that the fresh gas pressure relief valve is activated at greater than 140 mbar and no more than 170 mbar Check list Item 9 S N AN AW AW j Verify the flow past the oxygen cell is at least 3 lpm and not greater than 5 lpm Check list Item 10 k Check that the exhuast oxygen from the relief port on the oxygen Watson Smith is not greater than 1 5 lpm Model A Page 129 14 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems a Before the controller can be calibrated it is necessary to calibrate the pressure sensors of the Monitor Subsystem b Enter the Calibration program See Accessing the Calibration Programs on page 24 14 3 1 Monitor Pressure sensor calibration e Note The ventilator must be at working temperature with the metal C electronic unit top cover on before calibrating the pressure transducers machine must be on for at least
79. calibration can only be corrected by connection of a specialist device Please contact Warning Failure to carry out the touch screen calibration correctly can SLE or your distributor in this situation Model A Page 29 This page is intentionally blank Page 30 Model A SLE Component Replacement Model A Page 31 6 Component Replacement Procedure The component replacement procedures detailed in this chapter describes how to replace the individual component in isolation Each procedure details what setup is required to return the ventilator to service After completing any or all of the following procedures a full functional test as described in this manual must be carried out The following replacement and setup procedures are detailed in this chapter Electronic unit amp SCAN Gard aida Gd RE i een ees SLE Part N N6634 e PG Alena lei SLE Part N M0909 e Disk on chip a A SLE Part N D0724 e Computer Board erariali eis SLE Part N N6631 01 e Serial controller Touch screen SLE Part N N6631 06 e Control and monitor board SLE Part N A0763 02 e Power supply unit SLE Part N M0900 e Balleri8Sci oue eiat ad SLE Part N M0901 e Transducer PCB assembly SLE Part N A0761 A E A E SLE Part N N6631 02 TOUCH SCIEON ssi tto ero dta al SLE Part N N6631 05 Inverter POB oar cont dr e ebat eee
80. e 30 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Errors detected within the flow monitoring device Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 31 System Fail Isolate System Error Alarm message System Fail Alarm sub message Monitor isolated system fail Priority of alarm 31 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Errors detected within the flow monitoring device Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Model A Page 243 Alarm 32 Flow Monitor Flow ADC Unable to Calibrate Alarm message System Fail Alarm sub message Unable to calibrate flow ADC Priority of alarm 32 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Errors detected within the flow monitoring device Action Remove patient t
81. for 1 hour prior to carrying out the O system calibration Connect the oxygen supply Press start the O System Calibration button This takes about 6 minutes the system will indicate when calibration is finished v Check list Item 13 Wave Shape calibration 15 12 Flow System Calibration The flow system is a factory set system and requires an ETU 2 15 13 Pressure Triggering Verification Fit a patient circuit with a test lung Check that the pressure trigger operates in PTV mode with no flow sensor connected Vv Check list Item 14 Model A Page 157 SLE Page 158 15 14 Gas Fail Detection Verification a With the air and oxygen hoses connected to separately controllable pressure sources Set the ventilator to CMV Gas inlet pressures to 4 Bar BPM 60 Insp Time 0 5 PIP 30 mbar PEEP 0 mbar b Ensure there are no current alarm conditions c Disconnect the air supply and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm is activated d Reconnect the air and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm clears e Disconnect oxygen supply and ensure that the No O Supply alarm is activated f Reconnect the oxygen and ensure that the No O Supply alarm clears Check list Item 15 Model A O SLE V3 3 15 15 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air for 1 hour prior to carrying out the verification Using a cal
82. have a good activity against bacteria and viruses They should only be used after all visible surface dirt has been removed from the area to be disinfected Ventilator For disinfection use two clean disposable absorbent non shedding cloths Wipe clean with the first cloth using Alcohol 7096 isopropanol Wipe dry with the remaining cloth Flow Sensor Immersion in disinfectant recommended for use with plastic materials Immersion times and concentrations must be in accordance with manufacturers instructions Rinse with sterile water Warning Disinfectants containing compounds similar to PHENOL or ALKYLAMINES Glucorrotamine are unsuitable Exhalation block The exhalation block can be immersed in Alcohol 70 isopropanol The exhalation block must be allowed to dry thoroughly before sterilization Page 255 SLE Page 256 22 5 Sterilization method The silencer N2186 01 flow sensor N5201 and exhalation block N6622 must be sterilized between use on patients The ventilator cannot be sterilized The exhalation block must be cleaned as an essential prerequisite to sterilization For the silencer flow sensor and exhalation block Autoclave with pure dry saturated steam at 134 C 277 F Allowable variation of temperature of 3 C at 220kPa 32psi with a minimum holding time of 3 minutes or 121 C 248 F Allowable variation of temperature of 3 C at 96kPa 14 1psi with a minimum holding time of
83. is generated Action Reconnect power mains power if available If not available remove patient to alternative form of ventilation immediately Alarm 28 Blocked Fresh Gas Alarm message Blocked fresh Gas Alarm sub message Fresh gas supply to patient may be blocked Priority of alarm 28 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the fresh gas supply is blocked this alarm is generated Action Check patient circuit Page 242 Model A Alarm 29 Leaking Fresh Gas Alarm message Leaking fresh gas Alarm sub message Fresh gas supply to patient may be leaking Priority of alarm 29 Monitor mode AII Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the fresh gas supply is detected to be leaking this alarm is generated Action Check patient circuit Alarm 30 System Fail Serial Communication Error Alarm message System fail Alarm sub message Monitor error comms Priority of alarm
84. neighbouring equipment it should be switched off or taken to another location The functioning of this machine may be adversely affected by the operation of equipment such as high frequency surgical diathermy equipment defibrillators mobile phones or short wave therapy equipment in the vicinity The equipment is not suitable for use with or in the presence of flammable anaesthetic mixtures The SLE5000 flow monitoring system is calibrated to work in an air oxygen mixture the use of other gas mixtures may affect the flow monitoring accuracy of the ventilator Disposal of the Oxygen Sensor should be in accordance with local regulations for hazardous substances Do not incinerate SLE offer a cell disposal service The SLE5000 contains four batteries three 2 cell sealed lead acid batteries and one PCB mounted lithium battery At the end of their useful life these batteries should be disposed of in accordance with local authority guidelines Apart from the above the SLE5000 and accessories do not contain any hazardous components therefore no special precautions are required for their disposal stability comply with the requirements of BS EN 60601 1990 Model A Page 11 2 SLE 12 There is no special protection provided against ingress of water or liquids 13 Do not use solvent based cleaning solutions to clean the touch screen or covers Page 12 Model A SLE Principles of Operation Model A Page 13
85. nuts washers and O rings A 2 Reconnect the electrical connectors from SV8 B 3 Reconnect the blender loom connector C to the bulk head connector D 4 Reconnect the tubing restrictor and elbow E to the SV8 solenoid F 13 7 15 Fitting of inlet air regulator 1 Place the regulator into position and secure using the two screws and washers A 2 Using a spanner attach the pneumatic fitting B 3 Attach the Oxygen cell manifold C using the two screws and washers D 4 Connect the tube E to the free pnuematic connection F SA Page 124 Model A 13 7 16 HFO module re assembly 1 Place the HFO module into the pneumatic 8 4A unit T 2 Use four screws and washers A to secure the HFO module Note The fresh gas and proximal airway tube fittings impede the fitment of the module 3 Reconnect the following tubes Fresh gas monitoring tube B Proximal airway monitoring tube C Blender port 3 to mixing chamber tube D Blender port 4 to mixing chamber tube E Mixing chamber to SV8 tube F Manifold to air regulator tube G 4 Reconnect the electrical loom connector H El 5 Re connect the following tubes E Oxygen cell to overboard dump I Y E Air inlet to 40PSI
86. on the PR1 pressure regulator AIR If the sensor reading is outside the tolerance 0 7 mbar then adjust the PR1 pressure regulator and then tighten the locking nut c Reconnect the gas and after the pressure sensor has settled check the pressure sensor reads 0 Acceptable tolerances 7 mbar Vv Check list Item 11 Recording of pressure sensor calibration constants Model A Page 169 16 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a Enter the Jet Calibration screen b Connect the ET manifold to the calibration analyser c Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30 CMV Controls BPM Insp time to 0 sec Set the PIP control to 0 mbar PEEP to 0 Set the Gain to 2000 amp Mean Jet Settings the mean Jet CMV offset to 0 Gain 2000 CMY Offset c d Set the PEEP to 15 mbar and adjust the mean jet gain control to achieve 15mbar as shown in the pressure display bar below the waveform window PEEP 15 PIP 15 Mean 15 DeltaP 0 gt Acceptable tolerance none Page 170 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE e Set the reverse jet gain to 430 Reverse Jet Settings f Set the PEEP control to zero and increase the CMV offset Sain on the reverse jet to achieve 0 mbar 430 HFO Offset 4 gt a G CMV Offset 4 NR h Verify PEEP pressure setting by setting the following pressures on the CMV control panel and v
87. screen Pressure Set a Delta P of 4mbar Model A Page 211 Note If functional testing the _ e ventilator without a flow toda select HFOCMY sconto G sensor fitted Flow v Time amp 5 Tidal Volume v Time windows will not appear NO FLOW SENSOR the ventilator cycles with oscillations in both the inspiratory and expiratory phases the waveforms appear in the waveform windows v1 the E ratio in the breath parameter panel reads 1 0 2 0 GIAI Go 00 00 1 150 o Sec 3 HFO GE 20 5 10 Step 69 Verify that Step 70 Press the HFO Activity button on the Mode a zd Mode Select HFO CMV sena panel to activate the HFO Activity Panel HFO Activity Press the Expiratory Only button Press the Return ea button V Verify that the ventilator cycles with oscillations in the expiratory phase only Step 71 Reset the HFO activity to continuous Page 212 Model A Step 72 Press the Mode Select button and select Ventilation Off from the Mode Select panel Press the confirm button to enter the Ventilation Off mode Functional testing is now complete Model A Page 213 This page is intentionally blank Page 214 Model A SLE Trouble shooting Model A Page 215 18 Trouble Shooting Chart 1 Symptom Ventilator does not power up when turned on but is connected to mains supply Possibl
88. screws D that retain the PR6 regulator assembly bracket to the base plate 5 Remove the two hex socket cap screws E that retain the PR6 pressure regulator F to the manifold Note On removing the regulator the two O ring s G are freed 6 Remove the two countersunk screws H washers and nuts I that retain the manifold J to the bracket K 7 Remove the pneumatic tube connectors L amp M Note The PR6 pressure regulator is made up of the following components pressure regulator F hex socket cap screws E O rings G and manifold J 8 Reverse the above procedure to install the new PRE regulator to the bracket K Do not re attach the bracket to the HFO module base plate Model A Page 117 13 7 8 PR3 amp PR4 replacement 1 Remove the two screws and washers A that retains the manifold to the base plate B 2 Slide the assembly C so as to disengage the jet valves from the pneumatic connectors 3 Unscrew the electrical connectors D amp E from the pressure regulators 4 Separate the pressure regulator assembly F from the manifold G 5 Remove the screw and washer H that retains the pressure regulator PR3 1 6 Remove the screw and washer J that retains the pressure regulator PR4 K Page 118 Model A 7 Remove the two hex socket cap Q screws L that retain the PR4 pressure E gt 410 regulator K to the manifold M ML ED No
89. screws and washers A that retains the manifold to the base plate B 3 Slide the assembly C so as to disengage the jet valves from the pneumatic connectors 4 Unscrew the electrical connectors D E amp F from the pressure regulators 5 Withdraw the jet valve assembly from the pneumatic connectors Note The jet valves are independent and are only connected together via the loom 6 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Page 68 Model A Model A Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the HFO module as described in section 9 7 on page 61 2 Unscrew the electrical connector A from the pressure regulator PR6 3 Disconnect the tubes B amp C from the pressure regulator manifold block 4 Remove the two countersunk screws D that retain the PR6 regulator assembly bracket to the base plate 5 Remove the two allen cap screws E that retain the PR6 pressure regulator F to the manifold Note On removing the regulator the two O ring s G are freed These O ring s must be replaced each time that the assembly is dismantled Page 69 6 Remove the two countersunk screws H washers and nuts I that retain the manifold J to the bracket K 7 Remove the pneumatic tube connectors L amp M Note The PR6 pressure regulator is made up of the following components pressure regula
90. the flow past the oxygen cell is at least 3 lpm and not greater than 5 lpm Check list Item 10 k Check that the exhuast oxygen from the relief port on the oxygen Watson Smith regulator N6615 02 is not greater than 1 5 Ipm Model A Page 165 Page 166 16 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems a Before the controller can be calibrated it is necessary to calibrate the pressure sensors of the Monitor Subsystem b Enter the Calibration program See Accessing the Calibration Programs on page 24 16 3 1 Monitor Pressure sensor calibration G Note The ventilator must be at working temperature with the metal electronic unit top cover on before calibrating the pressure transducers machine must be on for at least half an hour c Enter the Jet Calibration option panel d Set Forward jet settings gain to 400 and remaining calibration values to zero e Enter Sensor Calibration screen and disconnect all gas from the ventilator f Press the zero offsets button and ensure that the two proximal pressure transducers read zero Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar g Reconnect the gas and enter the Jet Calibration screen h Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters Set the controls in the CMV Panel as follows CMV Controls BPM to 10 Insp time to 3 sec Set the PIP control to 60mbar PEEP to 0 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE Pressure 1PSI Pressure 2 5P
91. 0 Attaching Parts 280 M0660 Pad self adhesive 285 T1204 Plate mounting 290 N6609 14 Tube connector twin branch elbow 295 N6602 14 Tube connector double elbow 300 T1157 Mixing chamber blender 305 T1158 Mixing chamber cap 310 T1158 01 Mixing chamber pole 315 M0799 Adhesive Model A Page 353 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 320 N6601 05 Tube connector swivel elbow 1 325 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 1 330 N6613 03 Pressure regulator 1 331 N6601 05 Tube connector swivel elbow 1 332 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 1 335 N6613 Pressure regulator body 1 Obsolete item 336 N6613 01 Pressure regulator locking clip 1 Obsolete item 340 N6613 02 Pressure regulator base 1 Obsolete item 345 T1150 Jet block twin port 1 350 N2042 Seal O ring 1 355 T1234 Jet block spacer 1 Attaching Parts 360 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 365 N6603 18 Tube connector Y branch 2 370 T1210 Jet block fixed single port 1 375 N2042 Seal O ring 1 Attaching Parts 380 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 385 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 1 390 TO611 Post guide 2 Attaching Parts 395 H3225 Screw M3 x 25mm 2 400 T0611 Post guide 2 Attaching Parts 405 H3216 Screw M3 x 16mm 2 Page 354 Model A Fi
92. 0 N6623 4 Screw 4 155 N6603 Tube connector Y branch 2 160 N6600 18 Tube connector stud male 2 165 N6600 18 Tube connector stud male 1 170 N6606 05 Stem adaptor 1 175 N6609 18 Tube connector double elbow Banjo 1 180 N6606 18 Stem adaptor 2 185 N6612 Pressure regulator 1 190 N6611 12 Plug internal 2 191 M0O751 Tape PTFE AR 195 T1155 Manifold 1 Model A Page 341 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 7 200 1L5000 07 200 Mixing chamber blender 1 See items 230 240 Attaching Parts 205 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 210 L5000 07 210 Pressure regulator assembly 1 See items 245 255 Attaching Parts 215 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 220 L5000 07 220 Jet mounting block assembly 1 See items 260 350 Attaching Parts 225 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 3 230 N6609 14 Tube connector twin branch elbow 1 235 N6602 14 Tube connector double elbow 1 240 T1157 Mixing chamber blender 1 241 T1158 Mixing chamber cap 1 242 T1158 01 Mixing chamber pole 1 243 M0799 Adhesive AR 245 N6601 05 Tube connector swivel elbow 1 250 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 1 255 N6613 Pressure regulator body 1 256 N6613 01 Pressure regulator locking clip 1 257 N6613 02 Pressure regulator base 1 260 T1150 Jet block twin port 1 265 N2042 Seal O ring 1 270 T1234
93. 042 O Rings 1 Remove the silencer and exhalation block from the ventilator 2 Locate the two O rings located A amp B on gas ports 3 Using a blunt probe lift out the old O ring and discard Repeat the process for the other O ring 4 Wipe the gas ports with an approved sterilizing solution 5 Place new O rings into the grooves Model A Page 91 SLE 13 2 4 Replacement of the M0909 CPU battery Replacement of the CPU battery requires the removal of the CAN card z 4 Warning the CAN Card and PC board are static sensitive devices 1 Disconnect the two ribbon cables A amp B 8 from the CAN card i 2 Remove the four screws retaining the CAN card 8 3 Gently disconnect the CAN card from the PC board by lifting the card vertically until all the connector pins are disengaged from the socket 4 The two nylon spacers C are now loose Care should be taken to prevent them falling into the electronic unit 5 Remove the battery D from the battery housing E and discard 6 Fit the new battery 7 Re assemble the CAN card 8 Re connect the gas hoses to the ventilator 9 Turn on the ventilator 10 Re set the time and date Refer to the user manual 13 Carry out a full functional test Page 92 Model A 12 amp 36 Month Maintenance Model A Page 93 2 SLE 13 3 12 and 36 month preventative maintenance procedure Carry out a six month
94. 10 A0763 02 Monitor and control board The SLE5000 has two revisions of the base A0760 PCB that make up the A0763 02 board A0760 Rev D 8 A0760 Rev E The differences between the REV D board and Rev E A0760 base PCB are new tracks These are to remove the need for the L0273 adaptor stack and the J0764 A adaptor board When replacing the A0763 02 confirm the following If the replacement board is marked as A0760 Rev D this requires either the L0273 adaptor stack and the J0764 A adaptor board for IC s mounted at U23 8 U33 Warning For Rev D A0760 base PCB s fitting the IC s to U23 amp U33 directly will cause them to fail on power up L0273 adaptor stack or the J0764 A adaptor board must be used If the replacement board is marked as A0760 Rev E the IC s mounted at U23 amp U33 are fitted directly to the board mounted sockets Warning For Rev E A0760 base PCB s fitting the L0273 adaptor stack or the J0764 A adaptor board will cause U23 amp U33 to fail on power up 10 1 U23 and U33 socket configurations for A0760 Rev D base PCB The IC mounted at U23 and U33 can be connected to the A0763 02 board with in 3 ways A direct B Via a 28way adaptor socket SLE part N L0273 C Via the adaptor board SLE part N J0764 A Note For REV D boards only IC s mounted directly to the A0763 02 board A are Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory IC s mounted via L0273 or J0764 A are UV Erasable Programmable Read Only Me
95. 15 minutes The silencer can be autoclaved up to 20 times The body of the silencer should be marked after each autoclave cycle with a high temperature water proof permanent maker to indicate number of sterilization cycles completed For the flow sensor only Ethylene Oxide at 55 C 131 F plus the recommended time for aeration Model A SLE 23 Technical Specification This section summarizes the specification of the ventilator in terms of the modes ranges and limits that are required on the controls and the displays It also summarizes the mechanical and electrical power constraints 23 1 Operating Modes Conventional Ventilation 23 1 1 CPAP Inspiratory Time 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds CPAP Pressure 0 mbar to 20 mbar Inspiratory Pressure 0 mbar to 65 mbar Volume Targeting 2 ml to 200 ml FiO 21 to100 Backup breaths are pressure limited time cycled 23 1 2 CMV BPM 1 to 150 LE Ratio Calculated from BPM and Inspiratory time settings 11 2 1 to 1 600 Inspiratory Time 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds PEEP Pressure 0 mbar to 20 mbar Inspiratory Pressure 0 mbar to 65 mbar Volume Targeting 2 ml to 200 ml FiO 21 to 100 Breaths can be pressure limited time cycled or pressure limited flow cycled 23 1 3 PTV Inspiratory Time 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds CPAP Pressure 0 mbar to 20 mbar Inspiratory Pressure 0 mbar to 65 mbar Volume Targeting 2 ml to 200 ml FiO 219
96. 175B N6623 S38 2 Manifold block 2 180 N6623 3 O ring 4 180A N6623 33 3 O ring 4 180B N6623 S38 3 O ring 4 Attaching Parts 185 N6623 4 Screw 4 185A N6623 33 4 Screw 4 185B N6623 S38 4 Screw 4 190 N6603 Tube connector Y branch 2 195 N6600 18 Tube connector stud male 2 200 N6600 18 Tube connector stud male 1 205 N6606 05 Stem adaptor 1 210 N6609 18 Tube connector double elbow Banjo 1 215 N6606 18 Stem adaptor 2 220 N2370 Plug M5 1 225 N2371 Washer 1 230 N6611 12 Plug internal 2 235 M0751 Tape PTFE AR 240 T1155 Manifold 1 Page 352 Model A Fi n SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 8 245 L5000 08 245 Mixing chamber blender See items 290 315 Attaching Parts 250 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 255 L5000 08 255 Pressure regulator assembly For Serial N 51287 51288 51347 to 51353 51423 to 51425 51427 51428 amp 51450 onwards See items 320 330 255A L5000 08 255A Pressure regulator assembly Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 52186 51289 to 51346 51354 to 51422 51426 amp 51428 to 51449 Use L5000 08 225 See items 331 340 Attaching Parts 260 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 265 L5000 08 265 Jet mounting block assembly See items 345 405 amp 465 495 Attaching Parts 270 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 275 L5000 08 275 Proximal Purge assembly See items 410 46
97. 2 Principles of Operation The SLE5000 infant ventilator consists of an electronic system in the upper section of the ventilator and a pneumatic system in the lower 2 1 Electronic System The electronic system comprises three autonomous subsystems one responsible for monitoring the patient one responsible for controlling the valves of the pneumatic system and one for the user interface touchscreen and displayed data They are connected together by three serial communication links in a delta configuration Control High Speed Subsystem Valve x4 Forward Reverse Jet Jet Monitor Subsystem isolation Barrier Flow Proximal Oxygen Sensor Pressure Sensor Sensor User Interface Subsystem Touch Screen The ventilator has an internal battery that can power the ventilator in the event of a mains power fail If the mains power fails with the battery fully charged then operation will continue for 30 to 60 minutes depending on ventilation mode See Electrical Block Diagram on page 378 Page 14 Model A 2 2 Pneumatic System The pneumatic system comprises of the tubing and electro mechanical valves necessary to provide the gas in conventional and oscillatory ventilation modes The two gas controlling functions are blending and pressure generation 2 2 1 Blending The method used for blending air and oxygen in known proportions is to pressure regulate the two supplies air and oxygen so they produce equal
98. 2 4 Controls Battery power termination Terminates backup battery power supply ON OFF Control for mains power supply Page 262 Model A 23 3 Measurement 23 3 1 Flow and Volume Flow Sensor Type 10 mm dual hot wire anemometer with replaceable hot wire subassembly autoclaveable Sensor electrically isolated Flow Rate 0 2 Ipm to 32 Ipm Accuracy 8 maximum Expiratory Tidal Volume 0 to 999ml 0 1ml Expiratory Minute Volume 0 to 18L Resolution 1ml Deadspace 1 ml Weight 10g Conventional Ventilation and combined modes only Tube Leakage 0 to 50 Resolution 5 Averaged over 5 breaths Breath Rate total 0 to 250 BPM Resolution 1BPM Dynamic Compliance 0 to 100ml mbar Resolution 1ml mbar C20 C Resolution 0 1 Sampling Time 2ms Resistance 0 to 1000 mbar second I Triggering Inspiratory flow 0 2 to 10 Ipm Above values are obtained under ATPD ambient temperature and pressure dry conditions HFO only DCO Resolution 1 23 3 2 Oxygen Concentration Range 21 to 100 Resolution 1 Model A Page 263 SLE Page 264 23 3 3 Pressure Real Time Pressure Drift detection Sampling Time Peak Pressure PEEP Pressure Mean Pressure Delta P Resolution 1mbar detects drift when there is a pressure difference of more than 5mbar between the two pressure transducers Only active when the measured pressure is below 70mbar 2ms 0 to 175 mbar resolution 1mbar 0 to 17
99. 2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 140mm 1 85 N6617 14 Double twin banjo elbow 1 90 N6620 Plug plastic 1 95 N6601 05 Elbow connector swivel 2 100 T1160 Mounting block oxygen cell 1 Attaching Parts 105 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 110 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Model A Page 325 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 5 115 N6615 01 Pressure regulator 1 120 T1169 Bracket regulator 1 125 N6601 18 Elbow Connector 1 130 N2512 18 Parallel reducer 1 Attaching Parts 135 H4110 Screw M4 x 10mm 2 140 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 145 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 150 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 155 N6607 Elbow 90 union 1 160 N2070 09 Restrictor in line 0 009 1 165 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 45mm 1 170 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 90mm 1 175 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 150mm 1 180 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 200mm 1 185 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 210mm 2 190 L0282 Oxygen regulator module assembly 1 See Figure 9 for detailed breakdown 195 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 230mm 1 Attaching Parts 200 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 2 205 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 210 T1207 Partition Assembly 1 See Figure 10 for detailed breakdown 215 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 165mm 1 Attaching Parts 220 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 225 H3094
100. 3 Pressure Triggering Verification i 175 16 14 Gas Fail Detection Verification ii 176 16 15 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification esses 177 TOMO OAK OSEA AAA ac 178 16 17 Battery Charge Verification coseno taci n 179 16 18 Battery Life Verifigationi rroa area 179 16 19 Total Power Fail Alarm Testa 179 16 20 Pressure Calibration Verification cnn nn nnnnnnn 180 17 Functional EStdt RR 182 17 1 Ventilator setup ia tri tpe Le quo nt Bye vu egeo qe de URP Lecta D c ege A 182 16 Trouble Shooting Chart ada 216 19 Software Version History stie eec eque A LRR CHER IQ UAR GEN E 226 19 1 SLE4000 SoftWare serieta ced ctetu 226 19 2 SLESDODSOITWOIB x Gedo omia devices dru e edt tota cte eti Fete ierat cent esie 227 20 Oxygen Calibration Routines ostro e ardoris naaa 230 20 1 One point or 100 Oxygen system calibration neee 230 20 2 Two point or 21 amp 100 Oxygen system calibration 230 Model A Page 5 SLE O alri 232 21 1 Alarm Prot Cols A ilaele 232 21 2 Alarm SOUNGS A A aida 232 21 3 Alarm Descriptions and actions to be taken sess 233 21 4 Software and System Fail ProtocolS nono 252 22 Cleaning disinfection and sterilization neern tnet tnnenneenrnnennnnnnn nnne ene 253 22 1 Preparation of a n
101. 45 Alarm 38 User Interface Failure Alarm message User interface failure Alarm sub message User interface has reset unexpectedly Priority of alarm 38 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When a hardware reset has taken place within the ventilator this alarm is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 39 High Min Volume Alarm message High min volume Alarm sub message Minute volume high threshold exceeded Priority of alarm 39 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description Minute volumes that are higher than the user selected thresholds generate this alarm Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or alarm threshold Alarm 40 Patient Leak Alarm message High patient leak Alarm sub message Check patient circuit Priority of alarm 40 Monitor mode
102. 5 Pressure regulator assembly N 3 1 See items 40 75 Attaching Parts H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 N2070 05 Restrictor in line 0 005 1 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 90mm 1 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 145mm 1 N6623 1 Pressure regulator Piezo N 3 1 N6623 2 O ring 2 L5000 07 50 Mounting bracket assembly 1 See items 60 75 Attaching Parts N6623 3 SCrews 2 N6623 4 Manifold block 1 T1246 Bracket 1 N6600 18 Tube Connector stud male 2 Attaching Parts H3216 Screws M3 x 16mm 2 H3091 Nut M3 2 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 7 80 L5000 07 80 Solenoid valve assembly 1 See items 100 105 85 L5000 07 85 Pressure regulator amp manifold assembly 1 See items 115 130 Attaching Parts 90 H3908 Screws M3 x 8mm 2 91 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 95 N6624 Solenoid valve in line 4 100 N6606 05 Adaptor stem 8 105 L5000 07 105 Loom HFO module 1 110 L5000 07 110 Manifold assembly 1 See items 165 195 115 L5000 07 115 Pressure regulator assembly N 1 amp 2 2 See items 135 160 120 T1166 Mounting bracket 1 Attaching Parts 125 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 130 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 135 N6623 1 Pressure regulator Piezo 2 140 N6623 2 Manifold block 2 145 N6623 3 O ring 4 Attaching Parts 15
103. 5 mbar resolution 1mbar 175 to 175 mbar resolution 1mbar In HFO combined mode Delta P is measured during expiration only Model A 23 4 Alarms 23 4 1 User settable Alarms Model A High Pressure Autoset when patient pressure controls are adjusted or manually adjustable Range Resolution Cycle Fail Autoset when patient pressure controls are adjusted or manually adjustable Range Resolution Low Pressure Autoset when patient pressure controls are adjusted or manually adjustable Range Resolution High Tidal Volume Range Resolution Low Tidal Volume Range Resolution Low Minute Volume Range Resolution High Minute Volume Range Resolution Apnoea time Range Resolution 10 to 110 mbar 0 5 mbar 0 or 5 mbar above low pressure threshold whichever is lower to 5 mbar below high pressure threshold 0 5 mbar 10 mbar Conventional 70 mbar HFO modes to 10 mbar below high pressure threshold 0 5 mbar 3 to 200 ml 0 2 ml 0 to 200 ml 0 2 ml 0 to 0 1 litres below High minute volume threshold 0 1 litre 0 to 18 litres 0 1 litre 5 to 60 seconds 1 second Page 265 SLE 23 4 2 Obligatory Alarms non adjustable by user Monitor Failure Sustained sub ambient Sub ambient Controller Failure System fail Memory checksum error System fail Alarm controller error Gas not connected O not connected Air not connected Block alar
104. 6 to 10096 Backup breaths are pressure limited time cycled Model A Page 257 SLE Page 258 23 1 4 PSV Inspiratory Time CPAP Pressure Inspiratory Pressure Volume Targeting FiO 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds 0 mbar to 20 mbar 0 mbar to 65 mbar 2 ml to 200 ml 2196 to 10096 Backup breaths are pressure limited time cycled 23 1 5 SIMV BPM LE Ratio Inspiratory Time PEEP Pressure Inspiratory Pressure Volume Targeting FiO 1 to 150 Calculated from BPM and Inspiratory time settings 11 2 1 to 1 600 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds 0 mbar to 20 mbar 0 mbar to 65 mbar 2 ml to 200 ml 2196 to 10096 Breaths are flow cycled pressure limited Backup breaths are time cycled pressure limited 23 2 HFO Ventilation 23 2 1 HFO Only Frequency Range I E Ratio Delta Press Range Mean airway range FiO 23 2 2 HFO CMV BPM Inspiratory Time Frequency Range I E Ratio Inspiratory Pressure Delta Press Range Mean airway range FiO 3 20Hz 1Hz resolution 1 1 4 mbar to 180 mbar 0 mbar to 35 mbar maximum 21 to 100 1 to 150 0 1 to 3 0 seconds steps of 0 01 seconds 3 20Hz 1Hz resolution Calculated from BPM and Inspiratory time settings 11 2 1 to 1 600 0 mbar to 65 mbar 4 mbar to 180 mbar O mbar to 35 mbar maximum 2196 to 10096 Model A 23 2 3 Controls Via touch screen display Adjust button Alarm Auto
105. 7 Set the following parameters in the HFO Only preview mode HFO Rate 10Hz Mean 5mbar FIO aiii tueur 21 Delta P Not available in preview mode After pressing the confirm button the user will be presented with the HFO screen Pressure Tidal Volume Set the Delta P to 20mbar Step 38 Verify that the ventilator is oscillating MI the oscillation waveform appears in the waveform windows Model A Page 197 Note If functional testing the ventilator without a flow ERED uro B G sensor fitted the Flow v Time amp Tidal Volume v Time windows will not appear tit to NO FLOW SENSOR HFO Rate 10 1 45 3 Hz 20 Step 39 Press the Mode Select button and select Ventilation Off from the Mode Select panel Press the confirm button 3 Note At this point the user can terminate the functional testing If the user 1 would like to functional test all the functions of the ventilator they should press the Mode Select mode Select button and select CMV from the Mode Select panel do not press the confirm button Advance to Step 40 Page 198 Model A 17 1 16 Functional test of CMV Mode Step 40 Set the following parameters in the CMV preview mode BPM 30 REESE eae 1 sec PEEP isa 5mbar PIP usas 20 mbar Lus 21 After pressing the confirm button the user will be presen
106. 90 P0494 50 Connector Mains Inlet 1 995 W0325 Mains power loom 1 1000 M0767 Core Ferrite 1 1005 M0660 Pad adhesive 1 Attaching Parts 1010 H4216 Screw M4 x 16mm 1 1015 H4091 Nut M4 1 1020 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 3 1025 W0326 Loom 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51134 Attaching Parts 1030 M0306 1 Screw 2 1035 M0306 2 Nut 2 1040 MO306 3 Washer 2 Model A Page 317 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 1045 L5000 04 1045 Pneumatic connector 2 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51133 Supplier SMC 1045A N6616 1 Pneumatic connector 2 For Serial N 51134 onwards Supplier West Group Attaching Parts 1050 L5000 04 1050 Nut Locking 4 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51133 Supplier SMC 1050A N6616 2 Nut Locking 4 For Serial N 51134 onwards Supplier West Group 1055 M0706 02 label earth 1 1060 M0903 Speaker 1 1065 T1245 Clamp Speaker 1 Attaching Parts 1070 H3210 Screw M3 x 10mm 4 For Serial N 51456 onwards 1070A H3212 Screw M3 x 12mm 4 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51455 1075 H3091 Nut M3 4 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51455 1080 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51455 1085 00431 1 Switch Push Button 1 Attaching Parts 1090 00431 2
107. 97 SLE 4000 Infant Ventilator S N 2006 Model Electronic Unit SLE Part N M0219 SLE Part N T1299 SLE 4000 Infant Ventilator S N 2006 Model Pneumatic Unit SLE Part N M0219 FRESH GAS gt TO PATIENT n SLE Part N T1298 SLE Part N T1301 SLE Part N T1303 Air Inlet O3 Inlet SLE Part N T1265 Model A Page 271 CA SLE 25 2 SLE5000 Ss 5000 BRL TZ A ve SLE Part N T1262 SLE 5000 Infant Ventilator S N 2006 Model A Electronic Unit SLE Part N M0219 SLE 5000 Infant Ventilator S N 2006 Model A Pneumatic Unit SLE Part N M0219 FRESH GAS TO PATIENT SLE Part N T1263 INS NOT BLOCK VENTS SLE Part N T1266 meta SLE Part N T1276 RS232 e SLE Part N T1305 Infant Ventilator S N 5 2006 Model A Supply 100 240 V 50 60Hz Power 115VA Class 1 Unit Must Be Earthed PX CEorzo SLE Part N T1285 02 O Inlet Air Inlet Input Pressures 3 5 Bar SLE Part N T1265 Page 272 Model A SLE Illustrated Parts List Model A Page 273 26 Illustrated Parts List How to use the illustrated parts list The parts list is divided into five columns Items N SLE Part N Description Effectivity code and Units Per Assy ltem N refers to the numbered part in the appropriate figure An item number preced
108. AP mbar Set CPAP pressure 0 to 35 mbar 3 Set Tidal Volume 0 2 ml Set Target Tidal volume 10 to 1000 2 to 200ml 4 Set Insp Time 0 01 sec Set insp time or max insp time 10 to 300 0 10 to 3 00 seconds 5 Set PIP mbar Set PIP pressure 0 to 65 mbar Set FiO2 Set 02 Concentration 21 to 100 Set HFO Delta P mbar Set HFO Delta P 4 to 180 mbar Set HFO Mean mbar Set mean 0 to 35 mbar Set HFO Rate 0 1 Hz Set HFO rate 30 to 200 3 to 20Hz 10 Ventilation Mode n a 30 Ventilation Off 0 CPAP 1 CMV 31 PTV 32 PSV 3 SIMV 4 HFO Only 5 HFO CMV 11 TTV Status n a O off 255 on Page 416 Model A SLE Param N Description Units Details 12 Set Termination Set percentage Sensitivity 0 to 50 percentage of max flow that triggers termination if value 0 then termination sens is off 13 Set Breath Trig lpm for flow 2 to 200 0 2 to 20lpm for flow Threshold triggering triggering No units for pressure triggering 14 Set Waveshape n a Set Rise time value 0 to 25 rise time is proportional to the value 15 Set Patient Leak Percentage leak at which alarm Alarm occurs 10 to 50 Values above 50 alarm off 16 Set Apnoea Alarm seconds 5 to 60 seconds 17 Set Low Pressure 0 1 mbar 1200 to 1100 120 to 110 mbar Alarm 18 Set Cycle Fail Alarm 0 1 mbar 0 to 1150 0 to 115 mbar 19 Set High Pressure 0 1 mbar 100 to 1200 10 to 120 mbar Alarm 20
109. Assembly is reversal of removal Setup If the entire assembly or just the touch screen has been replaced the screen calibration routine will have to be carried out Page 53 Page 54 8 11 4 For ventilators 51570 onwards 1 Remove the CAN p card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the 4 screws A retaining the screen tie bars 4 Remove the 3 remaining facia retaining screws B 5 Gently draw the front panel assembly away from the unit Note Dispaly touch screen cables not shown for clarity 6 Disconnect the two backlight power leads from the inverter board See section 8 10 on page 44 7 Disconnect the two tubes C 8 Disconnect the fan electrical connector D 9 Disconnect the led electrical connector E 10 Remove the 6 facia retaining screws and washers F 11 Remove the front facia 12 Withdraw the touch screen cable G through the hole in the LCD cable clamp plate 1 13 Remove the two screws and washers H retaining the LCD cable clamp plate 1 14 Slide out the LCD retauning clamp I Model A 15 Remove the 2 screws J retaining the right hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 16 Remove the 2 nuts washers K and screws L retaining the left hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 17 Separate the LCD touch screen assembly from the mount
110. Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 1 5 sec Set Mean Set the PIP control to 60 mbar Set all the controls in the HFO panel 5 Delta P SSCInIB Time to Zero 0 150 mbar Set HFO Rate Hz Model A Page 135 on the plateau of the Inspiratory phase c Set the PIP to 5 mbar and adjust the Forward Jet CMV Offset to achieve 5 mbar 1 mbar on the plateau Repeat HFO Offset 8 b Adjust the Forward Jet Gain to achieve 60 mbar 1 mbar Forward Jet Settings Gain 378 steps b to c until the set and measured agree within 1 mbar 306 CMV Offset 623 d Verify mean pressure setting by setting the following PIP pressures and verifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar Set PIP Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar 1 mbar 20 mbar 1 mbar 30 mbar 1 mbar 40 mbar 1 mbar 50 mbar 1 mbar 60 mbar 1 mbar max 263 mbar Page 136 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE 14 8 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase a Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 25 HFO Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 1 5 sec Set Mean Set BPM 4 Set the PIP control to 30 mbar al ES 25 JL TT Set all the controls in the HFO panel ser Delta P Set Insp Time to Zero 1 50 8 Secs M m Set PIP 20 mbar IL Insp Leading Edge b Using t
111. Disconnect the PR2 tube C 4 Disconnect the electrical connectors from SV8 D 5 Disconnect the electrical connectors from SV7 E 6 Disconnect the blender loom connector from the bulk head F 7T Remove the two shake proof nuts washers and O rings G The blender can now be removed Note Ensure that the rubber sleeves H remain on the blender support studs 8 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Page 57 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Disconnect the FR1 to mixing chamber tube A 2 Disconnect the SV7 to PRV1 tube B 3 Disconnect the SV7 to overboard dump tube C 4 Remove the two screws D nuts E and washers F securing the SV7 solenoid assembly to the bulkhead 5 Detach the SV7 solenoid valve from the two bypass mounting block assemblies G and H as shown 6 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Page 58 Model A Model A Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the outlet hose A 2 Remove the purge regulator B using a spanner to undo the base nut 3 Assembly is reversal of removal ANI Xd A Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is NUO Ii required for this component qM Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the outlet hose A 2 Remove the purge r
112. E Limited will then provide the activation code which is entered via the 6 input boxes An example activation code would be 20 53 45 203 229 104 This code would be entered as follows Digit 1 Digit 2 Digit 3 Digit 4 Digit 5 Digit 6 20 53 45 203 229 104 Once the code has been entered press the Keycode confirmation button The status text should change from Disabled to Enabled Restart the ventilator Goto the version information panel and check that the word VueLink appears in the lower left hand Mode Select Ventilation Off corner Version Information Display Subsystem XXXXXX X Controller Hardware X Controller Software XX Controller Checksum XX Monitor Software Non Isol XXX Monitor Software Isol XXX VueLink D 35 1 Disabling VueLink To disable VueLink press and hold down the disable feature button until the text Disable Feature appears The button counts down from 4 to 1 this is to avoid inadvertant button presses Once Disabled the user will have to obtain a new activation code from SLE Page 434 Model A SLE reserves the right to make changes without prior notice in equipment publications and prices as may be deemed necessary or desirable Model A Page 435 SLE Limited Twin Bridges Business Park C 0120 232 Selsdon Road South Croydon Surrey CR2 6PL UK FF 44 0 20 8681 1414 4 sales sle co uk 3 44 0 20 8649 8570 O www sle co uk
113. Item 12A Recording of P Meas Filter Value 15 10 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase a Set up the ventilator to CMV mode emv and set the following parameters BPM to 25 HFO Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 1 5 sec Set Mean Set BPM 4 Set the PIP control to 20 mbar ME 25 75 4 Set the controls in the HFO panelas st Delta P Set Insp Time Setinsp Time AN follows 0 1 50 Set Mean 0 cse c eG Set Delta P 0 i re sere 20M Set HFO Rate 3 MEL b Using the insp leading edge adjustment controls shape the RENE Edge leading edge to produce a square response Fast Rise Time A Starting with the insp leading edge calibration values for the fast and slow rise times set to zero and the F S balance set Slow Rise Time to 255 Increase the fast rise time until the pressure waveform does not dip below the plateau id Increase the slow rise time to minimise the initial spike probably somewhere between 10 and 20 le Decrease the F S balance until the waveform is square Page 156 Model A as SLE c Using the insp trailing edge adjustment controls shape the trailing edge to reduce overshoot d Increase the exp leading edge slow rise time control to Exp Leading Edge minimize the overshoot on the fall waveshape ae RSE Slow Rise Time 0 F S Balance 0 15 11 O System Calibration Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air
114. L 10 JU 0 IH HFO Offset 4 HFO Offset Slow Rise Time lt i Slow Rise Time cd 315 Ly 3962 JH 10 JH 25 JH CMY Offset AN CMV Offset dir CMV Offset n F S Balance N F S Balance n 0 Ja 389 y 3438 y 217 y 0 Ja HFO Controls Set Mean mbar Set Delta P Em En mbar Set HFO Rate 4 3 00 GU Hz P Meas Filter 50 HFO 24 Mean 2 CMY DeltaP 44 Return to Main Menu Warning Version 3 3 software has a new parameter the P Meas Filter This is a low pass filter which removes high frequency components from the displayed waveform This is required as the new N6623 33 pressure regulators produce a greater initial high frequency component N6623 33 pressure regulator can only be used in conjunction with version 3 3 software Model A Page 27 Warning N6623 33 regulators cannot be used with version 3 to 3 2 software as the high frequency component can not be removed making the ventilator unusable Layout for Version Mean Jet Settings Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings Insp Leading Edge Exp Leading Edge 4 software Gain Gain N Gain Fast Rise Time Fast Rise Time lt gt 1976 398 yy 450 68 0 y HFO Offset N HFO Offset Slow Rise Time Slow Rise Time 750 JH 4050 68 26 ag CMV Offset CMV Offset n CMV Offset FiS Balance FiS Balance Y 0 415 JH 2830 255 0 Y HFO Controls ge a LI ups 59
115. Monitor PCB PSU CirClit ooooooooonccnnnccccncccnoncnnnncnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnos 394 33 8 Control amp Monitor Micro Non isolated 395 33 9 Control amp Monitor Micro Isolated 396 33 10 Control amp Monitor Analog Isolated i 397 33 11 Control amp Monitor Alarm CONTtroller 398 Appendix 1 Calibration Checklist iia 401 Appendix 2 Checklist iter tut eite c e alli alata 409 Appendix S RS232 eri Sh ChE acilia elia i Is 414 33 12 Warnings Tor RS232 Sonata as 414 33 13 Location of RS232 POF a oss iaia 414 33 TA VOLIVIOW c sno edile a Mc con Eo ce 415 33 15 Data and Pinout description oa idee x nuu ade dota cna tives nana in ids o angu aka 415 E A oce cet LL ae ctu eL 415 33 17 Parameter Descriptions and format 416 DIO Listof parameters scd A b udo e inb HO O 416 33 19 Table of current alarm condition codes 419 33 20 RS232 Connection Settings and Testing Data Output 421 39 2 1 GIOSSdE V izle ira 421 Appendix 4 VueLink Technical Data een 424 39 22 GIOSSdly A A cupio tpe xPe d Pu adh Rin tune o heu lu a Rad 424 33 23 Connecting the SLE5000 to the VueLink patient monitor 424 33 24 Parameter DEseriplions u hello ie aa 425 33 25 Data transferred to the VueLink system from the SLE5000
116. Monitor software Isol 107 Version 4 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 181005 5 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 30 Controller checksum 185 Monitor software Non Isol 135 Monitor software Isol 108 Version 4 1 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 170306 5 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 31 Controller checksum 109 Monitor software Non Isol 136 Monitor software Isol 109 Version 4 1 1software breakdown as displayed on version information panel For ventilators SN 51734 onwards Display subsystem 170306 5 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 31 Controller checksum 109 Monitor software Non Isol 136 Monitor software Isol 110 Model A Page 227 This page is intentionally blank Page 228 Model A SLE Technical Information Model A Page 229 20 Oxygen Calibration Routines The SLE5000 ventilator has two oxygen cell calibration routines The first calibration is the 100 oxygen calibration One Point This calibration is carried at the following intervals after the unit is turned on 0 5 min V3 3 or 10 min V3 2 30 minutes 60 minutes 90 minutes and then at 8 hourly intervals The second routine is the 2196 and 10096 oxygen calibration Two Point This calibration should only be carried out if the oxygen cell has been replaced or has registered below 21 cel
117. NNVH3 2 H30N318 2 107 E sm 0 TH EcIH 2218 5118 038079 STINNUHI TT9 H30N3 18 I 007 UB n Are om Cro p oes p am OT ayo NULLdIHOS3Q ON 427 NDISH3A pali i M ur ee mu 3e ATH pde wig Am 31891 NDLLVOIJILNGUI davoa ues Act USPI 18537 uot POW puo puvog rai Annono en on arenas BADA u8onvageg aosuss us6Axg N Q3SIAQV 38 LON MI A INIWNIOT SIHL DL SIINYHI 3Hn12vJONVW 303 LO ILVWAOSANT 304 13 1Nlad AIN usena qo muas iEn 33 08 sm Ace E 334 NIBH AGE X334 ADS ASL poss E T gnum AS del EXE star Ace pa ur paad Abt cad Ae Coe peed Avar z T ze NAJSI 4amog asna son say Abas asna mapua Aree ei v AER 00053718 wn Cz NON 1338 NOLLINTOHd Fad NDISSIWIZA NILLISA INOHLIM Gall SI davo NI SD SOHA NI DNI4SDI Pr pi NOILVHBEdNE SHI ANY NADOS Te ii Model A Page 390 33 4 Analogue Valve Drive Non Volatile Memory Interboard Comms THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY DF PRE PRODUCTION REF SLE Ltd COPYING IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION NONE use N SLES000 UNLY PRINTED FOR INFORMATION NOT FOR MANUFACTURE CHANGES TO THIS DOCUMENT WILL NOT BE ADVISED 424 Feed In Non Volat
118. None or No handshake Turn on the ventilator the hyper terminal should show that comma delimited data is being sent 33 21 Glossary Explanation of terms used within this document Term Meaning ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange is the most common format for text files in computers Not suitable for non English letters but suitable for numerics RS232C RS232 is a long established standard for low speed serial data communication C being the current version Model A Page 421 This page is intentionally blank Page 422 Model A SLE Appendix 4 VueLink Technical Data Model A Page 423 Appendix 4 VueLink Technical Data This section describes how to connect the SLE5000 to the VueLink Agilent patient monitor It also describes the information that is sent from the SLE5000 to the monitor including the waveforms alarm conditions and patient parameters 33 22 Glossary Explanation of terms used within this section Term Meaning RS232C RS232 is a standard for low speed serial data communication C being the current version VOI VueLink Open Interface Proprietary protocol defined by Philips Medical Systems Philips Medizinsysteme B blingen GmbH to allow a medical instrument to communicate with a VueLink module SPI Reference to the standard display on the VueLink System that shows up to 2 waveforms and 6 numerics SPI Numerics or waveforms that c
119. Offset Page 402 Model A ltem 12 Record of pressure regulator calibration constants Mean Jet Forward Jet Reverse Jet Gain Gain Gain HFO Offset HFO Offset CMV Offset CMV Offset CMV Offset ltem12A Recording of P Meas Filter Value For versions 3 3 and 4 1 software only P Meas Filter Value Item 13 Wave shape calibration Insp Leading Edge Exp Leading Edge Fast Rise Fast Rise Slow Rise Slow Rise F S Balance F S Balance Item 14 Pressure Triggering Verification Pressure Trigger Verified Item 15 Gas Fail Detection Verification Gas Fail Detection Verified Model A Page 403 SLE Item 16 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification CPAP Set Oxygen concentration Lower Limit Actiual Upper limit Reading 2196 2096 24 30 27 33 40 37 43 50 47 53 60 57 63 70 67 73 80 77 83 90 87 93 100 97 100 Item 17 Battery Charge Verification Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 13 7V gt 13 7V Item 18 Battery Life Verification Results of battery life test Start Time Battery Low Alarm Time Power Fail Time Item 19 Total Power Fail Alarm Test Total power fail alarm test Initial Page 404 Model A Item 20 Model A Pre
120. Offset Offset Offset 243 93 22523 24315 Return to Main Menu Model A 5 2 2 Jet Calibration The jet calibration panel allows the forward jet reverse jet and mean jet to be adjusted Also contained within this panel are the controls to adjust the inspiratory and expiratory leading edges of the CMV wave form Associated controls to set the ventilator in CMV or HFO mode are also displayed Layout for Version 3 to 3 2 software Layout for Version 3 3 software Mean Jet Settings Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings Insp Leading Edge Exp Leading Edge Gain 2021 Gain a N o Gain 357 Fast Rise Time AA Fast Rise Time AAH 3 HFO Offset 306 HFO Offset 2434 Slow Rise Time 47 LY Slow Rise Time ON JH CMY Offset 0 fm nm CMY Offset 623 En En uy CMY Offset 2038 Gp En Gr 206 FIS Balance 4M F S Balance T Y HFO Controls CMY Controls Set Mean 0 mbar Set BPM 30 Set Delta P mbar Set Insp Time Secs Set HFO Rate 0 00 Hz E gt e E gt Set PIP o o mbar Mean Jet Settings Ear Ey E gt EG Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings DeltaP 61 Return to Main Menu Insp Leading Edge Exp Leading Edge Gain 4 Gain 1 Gain 1 Fast Rise Time a Fast Rise Time a 2110 1A 399 IU 440 I
121. PIP Setting Acceptable tolerance 10 mbar 1mbar 20 mbar 1mbar 30 mbar 1mbar 40 mbar 1mbar 50 mbar 1mbar 60 mbar 1mbar V Checklist Item 20 Check the mean pressure reading and wave shapes in HFO mode at the following settings Rate set to 5Hz Mean set to zero Delta P setting Acceptable tolerance min 1 mbar 40 mbar 2 mbar 80 mbar 2 mbar 120 mbar 4 mbar 160 mbar 5 mbar max 12 mbar Page 162 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE Calibration Procedure V4 amp 4 1 Model A Page 163 Page 164 16 Calibration Procedure for V4 amp 4 1 software The calibration procedure is to be used in conjunction with a checklist The checklist is used to record the calibration values set during the procedure This checklist will be become part of the service record of the ventilator A template checklist which should be copied is to be found in Appendix 1 of this manual on page 401 Where information needs to be recorded the user will see M symbol next to the section Note Prior to calibration enter ENGMODE and record the following Gain Offset values This will allow you to revert the ventilator back to it pre calibrated state if required Gain and Offset for the 1 PSI and 2 5 PSI pressure transducers Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Forward jet Gain and CMV Offset for the Mean jet Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Reverse jet Insp leading Edge Fast Slow rise ti
122. S1435000 8L LZ A vivo Sts4000RL ZA A ER Ne SERVICE MANUAL Model A Software Manual application Information Note This manual is to be used only with model A ventilators using the following software version Version 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 4 amp 4 1 Contact Information SLE Limited Twin Bridges Business Park 232 Selsdon Road South Croydon Surrey CR2 6PL Telephone 44 0 20 8681 1414 Fax 44 0 20 8649 8570 E mail service sle co uk E mail s should be addressed to the Service Manager Web site www sle co uk All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopy recording or otherwise without prior permission of SLE Copyright SLE 12 04 2007 Manual SM0015 Issue 10 SLE Part N N6645 Page 2 Model A Contents T Warnings and Cautions serieei aee ebat e dette ote glieli fi air 10 MA mE 10 TA GAIL os 11 2 Puicipleso Operatore gcse sistent eint Ge dns eS Vasa ea 14 2 T Elegtronie Systema lalla 14 2 2 Pneumatic System urea ele booleani 15 3 Description Of SymibOls sip itaq RI Da efe emu goa are 18 A EGUIPMENBISE si aaa 22 5 ENGMODE lacada EET 24 5 1 Accessing the Calibration Programs 24 5 2 VentlatorCalibrationRrogrami s sessi A A od oua 26 5 3 05 Flow System GallDEallOni 5 cucchiaio 28 5 4 Reset Elapsed TIMe
123. SI i Enter Sensor Calibration screen and adjust the gain of both the pressure sensors so that the 1psi and the 2 5psi Gain 4 Gain pressure transducers agree with each other 15099 Ly 20994 yy and with the Calibration Analyser ZA 1 Psi P 2 5 Psi P Acceptable tolerance 1mbar RR 60 Offset Offset 22523 24315 j Go to Jet Calibration screen and set the PIP as specified in PIP Pressure Setting column of the table below k Re enter sensor calibration screen and check that the sensor readings at 1 and 2 5 psi agree with Calibration Analyser within the set tolerance PIP Pressure Setting 1 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar PIP Pressure Setting 2 5 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 1 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar Note The set values may not correspond with the Calibration Analyser Reading Model A Page 167 Page 168 SLE V4 VA 1 16 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration a Connect a Y piece with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser b Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the Block and Leak Gain to 3336 and Offset to 220 Block amp Leak Gain Da 8 Leak P 0 c Return to the Jet Calibration screen mbar Offset 220 d Set up the ventilator to HFO pure mode uro Check that Mean and Delta P
124. SI EU eder sist ny ii A i 10STAS a wo96 T 9 cl sero AS 2NTH sm JOSIAS aulod siu 39 paj gt auuo gt au spunou6 103 6g puo Boyouy e3ojsI Soyvuy S A A A EN 9S229WH IAOVZ6TXVW T ISFA vorceegAe 30784 3 ALS bus LEI LS o 2 6l Ti Paviza E Ifve GASSO6BLY vi amp 2 i pio aa EE ni ozc z dA A960 Ra 2 VSITEISANL o n n 2 Mis 3 R a VSITEISXVN ao a Nagi vasaraa lt lt 24 a sa 2M Pre esie Dii 14d 2dv s3io u lt I ENH N3SdUT a uo a 10 ano uva s1CT_ 280 cu oa omo EE 7 anses 13538 Ly 1S8 00m V ca sio 2 A orca one ame il s fa E re Ti xe pers ahs MEL losTAe al vr QND2Ed gt 010 20 2H9 BI aot E on id Sho gr Ca gt 001 Sold mm Tn Wr canora 1OSIAS JOSIAS d STAS 2 TONI Ph Ae su AOS TIVA e 29 MIEI Sd NIG ova Au er via H 33790 c a N med eid H Hd o 5 Ewer oer LE d a aired cenora Et LA gt IE 2d XS ama DE oj T3SIAQV 38 LON TIM REO ru Sora fs zi IN3WNMIOC SIHL OL S35NVHO su ul AN x canoso A FINLIVANNVW 03 LO Roa 5 AS ora ki o Nous amp oy i s eee MO ud NUIILVASLD NI 303 Mus SE AT ON 4 GQ3LNINd AIN oer IM y w oar Br orones 8 z B ruso n E O y 10SIAS oin O wate 0005318 NU aN o gy amp xus pooug PAPA TES ea i ZE i SR NOLO S A 34 Sha RE Model A Page 396 33 10 Control amp Monitor Analog Isolated CAL
125. SLE Part N N6631 03 or 10 e Conical and Duckbill filters SLE Part N N2185 06 amp 05 amp BIendersii talia SLE Part N L0287 Fresh gas bypass solenoid SV7 SLE Part N N2195 06 e Purge regulator PR SLE Part N N6612 e Regulator PRO eeeessee SLE Part N N6613 e Speed controller FR1 SLE Part N N6614 e Regulator input air PR1 SLE Part N N6615 01 e Regulator input oxygen PR2 SLE Part N N6615 02 e High speed jet valves SV9 10 11 amp 12 SLE Part N N6624 Pressure regulators PR3 PR4 amp PR6 SLE Part N N6623 33 or S38 Page 32 Model A 7 Preparing the SLE5000 Caution the SLE5000 ventilator weighs 23 6kg fully assembled Care should be taken when handling the ventilator If preparing to work on both the electronic and pneumatic units of the SLE5000 remove the ventilator from the stand and place it on a flat stable surface The SLE5000 ventilator is attached to the trolley or pole by two screws with shake proof washers Retain the screws and washers for re attachment of the ventilator If work is to be carried out on the electronic unit only it is advisable to leave the ventilator attached to the trolley Step 1 Remove the 5 fixing screws A indicated from the rear cover Step 2 Slide the rear cover to
126. Sheet 1 of 2 Page 360 Model A 120 d i ES View C Partition assembly Figure 10 Sheet 2 of 2 Model A Page 361 Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 10 1 T1207 Partition Assembly RF See figure 5 for next highest assembly 5 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 225mm 1 10 L5000 010 10 Soleniod valve assembly 1 See items 70 110 Attaching parts 15 H3125 Screw M3 x 25mm 2 20 H3091 Nut M3 2 25 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 30 L5000 010 30 Block pressure relief assembly 1 See items 115 125 Attaching parts 35 H3125 Screw M3 x 25mm 1 40 H3091 Nut M3 1 45 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 1 50 T0611 Guide post 2 Attaching parts 55 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 60 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 65 T1207 Partition 1 70 N2195 06 Solenoid valve 1 75 T1165 Mounting block bypass RH 1 80 T1164 Mounting block bypass LH 1 85 N6601 05 Tube connector swivel elbow 2 90 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 30mm 2 95 N2070 12 Restrictor in line 0 012 1 100 N6604 05 Tube connector tee 1 105 N6614 Tube connector speed controller 1 110 N6601 05 Tube connector swivel elbow 1 Attaching parts 115 N6610 Nipple universal 2 Page 362 Model A Fi lem SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 10 120 T1235 Pressure relief block 125 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 130 N2194 Valve
127. UBQUAN qUBUnDog azis daNPUZUOI usay ET TOSINDI NHUILV2IJIQUN Jayco TI91 1898 020 e pan 9809 07703 C ddv aiva ssi TON A aiya E gt NO aCe d9 282 Jg yo Eocozel 1 loreono NY NYC A3Bans E NOGADYD HLNOS 133HS S3SW N DNIMWIC EO VOTO 2 l 9iB0ND CHO avos NOUS 138 282 JA IIOSILNOO Way 19 C NdV 0907 ON 3009 MODIS AULINOW 3 108 LINDO SIN 09L0Y 1d 33S 311 30238 TWINS LV CISIATY 38 LON TILA IN3WNI0OC SIHL DL S3DNYHI 3YNLIVIANNVW 3D LON Ss 39 rj 32345 2002 Ze Fon Fopuoy Exa N ILVWeal JNI YO 4 I31NIMd A INO ISIF0 GI 29I2Id qou6js punoJ8 B I32y 8u0 gga SSA zs SI NB ZL zga 1N0Y19 29S0 ET ST NDIT9 19S0 SI TX s v ega 3 1g DII0L 48 a VIT Wave 1NIZ088 vas a NT Wi HS A ENV EV3I gNV 2VH INVZIOI uoo ONV OW ddaa TW 892 Y TOA FI J AS in J02 ESA AT 0006318 NO dIsn NOISSIWadd NILLIIA LNOHLIA CGLIISIHUBd 7 E S US poo4 p SI luVd NI YO 3 IDH NI DNIAdDI SV L8DDC NI al FIVIS LON a 1438 NOTLINCONd 3 d JU Als3dUNd IHL SI NISS3H CANTO IND NOLLYWAOANT AHI ONY IN3ANOOO SIHL 2 S E g I Model A Page 398 SLE Appendix 1 Calibration Checklist Model A Page 399 This page is intentionally blank Page 400 Model A SLE Appendix 1 Calibration Checklist o Please make copies of this checklist to record the calibration values a
128. a 60 9 7 N6613 Purge Regulator PR5 Pre Proximal Airway Modification 61 9 8 N6613 or 03 Purge Regulator PR5 Post Proximal Airway Modification 63 9 9 N6615 01 Input Air Regulator PR1 cccecceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 65 9 10 N6615 02 Input Oxygen Regulator PR2 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 67 9 11 N6624 High Speed Jet Valves SV9 10 11 12 68 Model A Page 3 SLE 9 12 N6623 N6623 33 or N6623 S38 Pressure regulators PR6 69 9 13 N6623 N6623 33 or N6623 838 Pressure regulators PR3 amp PRA 71 10 A0763 02 Monitor and control board nnen nnne neee 74 10 1 U23 and U33 socket configurations for A0760 Rev D base PCB 74 10 2 A0763 02 board progammable devices cece eeeeeeeeeeeeentttttaeeeeeees 75 10 3 A0763 02 Board Hardware Identifier eann eeaneeeennrrennnn rnern nnen 76 11 Electrical Safety Testing of the SLE5000 eee ee cece eter ee eteeeeeeeaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeees 79 12 PSU TESNO ee e ee ai E EM Ld eda a i 83 13 Maintenance and Overhaul nur e 86 13 1 Preventative Maintenance enne 86 13 2 6 18 30 amp 42 month preventative maintenance procedure 88 13 3 12 and 36 month preventative maintenance procedure 94 13 4 24 month
129. al leads e 4 Remove the four i e retaining screws for the first two battery blocks 5 Remove the two batteries 6 Remove the two fixing screws and washers A securing the fixing bracket B for the third battery 7 Slide the battery forward and lift clear Z 8 Remove the two fixing screws to release the bracket from the battery block 9 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device The ventilator should be left connected and turned on for a minimum gt of 24 hours to fully charge the batteries EN Page 42 Model A 8 9 A0761 Transducer PCB Assembly G ec Model A E 4 Warning The Transducer PCB is a static sensitive device Note Screen removed for clarity 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Disconnect the ribbon cable from J2 A 4 Disconnect the main loom connector from J5 B 5 Disconnect the LED connector from J4 C 6 Disconnect the loom connector from J3 D 7 Disconnect the loom connector from J1 E Note The tubes connected to the transducer PCB are attached using an adhesive Note Please note that replacement assemblies use an open pcb tansducer Ventilator serial N 51859 onwards 8 Remove the tube F from the Y piece connector 9 Remove the tube G from the bulk head connector H
130. alarm 14 Monitor mode HFO CMV only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the user changes a pressure related parameter the ventilator stores the maximum inspiration and expiration pressure values On a maximum pressure change greater than 2mbar from the stored value this alarm is generated Action Check patient Check patient circuit Alarm 15 Failure To Cycle Alarm message Cycle Fail Alarm sub message Mechanical breath not detected at ET Priority of alarm s s 15 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority ici High Alarm Description If during each ventilator cycle the proximal pressure fails to go above and then below the user selected fail to cycle threshold this alarm is generated Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or cycle fail alarm threshold Check patient circuit amp water trap Alarm 16 Pressure Sensor Drift Alarm message eee Pressure sensor drift Alarm sub message Drift in prox pressure sensor detected Priority of alarm 16 Monitor mode
131. alarm test High and Low alarms triggered O L Step 10 Function and alarm testing Test lung inflates Dl O Step 11 Function and alarm testing Analyser corresponds to set pressures Step 12 Function and alarm testing Apnea alarm triggered after 20 seconds O Step 13 Function and alarm testing Manual breath delivered O Step 14 Function and alarm testing Apnoea alarm triggered after 10 seconds O Step 16 Function and alarm testing Continuing positive pressure alarm is triggered after 10 seconds Dl O Step 20 Function and alarm testing A waveform appears in both waveform windows LJ LI Step 22 Function and alarm testing Analyser alternates between set pressures O Dl Step 23 High pressure alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled O L Model A Page 409 Page 410 Step 24 Step 25 Step 26 Step 27 Step 28 Step 29 Step 30 Step 31 Step 32 Step 33 Step 38 Step 41 Step 43 Pass Low Pressure alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled O Breath Not Detected Alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled Leak alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled Block alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled Mains failure alarm Alarm triggered and cancelled Gas supply alarms No Air supply Alarm triggered and cancelled Gas supply alarms No O supply Alarm triggered Gas supply alarms No Gas Alarm triggered and cancelled Flow sensor disconnect alarm Alarm tri
132. an be selected for display on the Selectable SPI Up to 17 Numerics and 6 waveforms can be SPI selectable Numerics selected for the SPI can also be trended Task A display that can be called up on the Vuel ink system that shows Window one waveform and 24 numerics 33 23 Connecting the SLE5000 to the VueLink patient monitor The SLE5000 RS232 link has been adapted for Agilent Open Interface VueLink connection Connection to the monitor must be via the Agilent M1032A VueLink module The module must be of the Ventilator type The cable from the M1032A module Agilent part number M1032 61654 requires the SLE VueLink adaptor SLE part number W0344 to connect it to the 9 pin RS232 socket on the back of the SLE5000 ventilator The transmission speed is 19200 bps data format 8 bits 1 stop bit and no parity All data transmitted to the VueLink monitor is transferred in packets or telegrams The VueLink monitor sends data request telegrams and the SLE5000 sends response telegrams There are 64 request telegrams every 2048ms from the VueLink module Page 424 Model A SLE 33 24 Parameter Descriptions Because the VueLink system accepts measurements from different types of medical equipment there is the possibility of confusion with parameter names that are used on the SLE5000 and those that are used on other equipment For example BPM on the VueLink system refers to pulse rate beats per minute whereas AWRR ref
133. and 48 month overhaul procedures nnn enne 98 13 5 24 month 10 000 hour overhaul procedure 100 13 6 48 month 20 000 hour overhaul procedure 108 13 7 48 month overhaul procedure using N9010 48 overhaul kit 110 14 Calibration Procedure for V3 V3 1 amp 3 2 software ooooocooccccococoocoooooccconcccnnnonononnnnns 128 14 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration 128 14 2 PNeumale SEEDS skis cool iam aia 129 14 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems 130 14 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration 132 14 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure reg trim 133 14 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 134 14 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration sssseessssssss 135 14 8 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase 137 14 9 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 138 14 10 O System Calibration nen 139 14 11 Flow System Calibration 2c acc nie haee a 139 14 12 Pressure Triggering Verification cce eene 139 14 13 Gas Fall Detection Verifica miii ie 139 14 14 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeees 140 14 15 S08K TGS I cce o
134. apes in HFO mode at the following settings Rate set to 5Hz Mean set to zero Delta P setting Acceptable tolerance min 1 mbar 40 mbar 2 mbar 80 mbar 2 mbar 120 mbar 4 mbar 160 mbar 5 mbar max 12 mbar Page 180 Model A SLE Functional Testing Model A Page 181 Step 1 Page 182 17 Functional Testing The functional test procedure is to be used in conjunction with a checklist The checklist is used to record that each test has been passed This checklist will be become part of the service record of the ventilator A template checklist which should be copied is to be found in Appendix 2 of this manual on page 409 Where information needs to be recorded the user will see v symbol next to the section 17 1 Ventilator setup The ventilator needs to be connected to air and oxygen Fit the exhalation block and silencer A complete patient circuit needs to be connected with a N6647 test lung at the ET manifold Make sure that all the covers are in place Connect the ventilator to the mains power supply Prepare a calibration analyser with an ET tube connection 17 1 1 Complete Power Fail Alarm Test The SLE5000 ventilator has a complete power fail alarm This alarm is activated when both mains power and back up battery power fail This alarm is a high pitched continuous tone emitted by the ventilator in the event of complete power failure Turn ON the ventilator allow the star
135. aphs button HFO activity button HFO Only button HFO rate parameter control HFO CMV button Hist button Langauage button Manual Breath button Mean parameter control Min Vol button Mode select button Monitor button Monitor Pressure Button Mute button Next button Night and screen lock button ON OFF button Options and service data button Oxygen alarm test button Oxygen button P Max button P Mean button P Min button Pause Play button PEEP parameter control PIP parameter control Page 260 Activates flow sensor calibration panel Retrives loop from memory Activates waveform and loops panels Activates HFO activity panel Selects HFO only mode 3 to 20 Hz Selects HFO CMV mode Display alarm history panel Change interface langauge Delivers one manual breath 0 to 35 mbar Selects minute volume against time display Activates mode select panel Activates monitor services panel Toggles between waveforms diagnostic use only Mutes a mutable alarm for 1 minute Activates next panel Activates night mode for LCD Toggles function state between on and off Activates calibration options panel Activates Oxygen Alarm testing panel Activates oxygen sensor calibration panel Selects maximum pressure against time display Selects mean pressure against time display Selects minimum pressure against time display Freezes amp unfreezes waveform display 60 secs max 0 to 20 mbar
136. ar and press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification and restart ventilation Model A Page 191 SLE 17 1 9 Breath Not Detected Alarm Step 25 Set the PEEP to 1 mbar Remove the test lung from the flow sensor Occlude the flow sensor After 10 seconds this should initiate an audible and visual Breath Not Detected alarm Refit the test lung to the flow sensor The Alarm should self cancel v Press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification Set the PEEP to 5 mbar Page 192 Model A 17 1 10 Leak block Alarm Step 26 Disconnect the fresh gas tubing from the ventilator This should initiate an audible and visual LEAK v1 alarm indication Step 27 Occlude the fresh gas outlet This should initiate an audible and BLOCK visual alarm indication AL reser ise J natus Reconnect the tubing audible and visual alarms should reset v Press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification 17 1 11 Mains failure alarm Do not turn the ventilator off by using the rear power switch Step 28 Disconnect mains power by switching off or removing mains plug from power socket A ese toe J ajust This should initiate an audible visual alarm The ventilator should continue to cycle Reconnect mains power supply the alarm should cancel but the alarm notification should remain v Press the reset button to clear the alar
137. arm controller fails this message is generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 57 Complete Power Fail Alarm pu m Audible Only Alarm Description If both mains power and battery power fail this alarm is sounded Action Remove patient immediately to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service 21 4 Software and System Fail Protocols The ventilator has been specifically designed to minimize the risk of system failure and software programming error This has been achieved by dividing the system into individual subsystems that can operate independently and manage themselves via a well defined and robust messaging system It is possible for the user interface to fail no display and the controller and monitor can continue to operate normally and ventilate the patient although the user would not be able to change ventilation settings Furthermore the entire system is backed up from a rechargeable internal battery which is periodically monitored to check its integrity If the battery is not detected then an alarm is provided If the mains power fails then the system reverts to battery and an alarm for this condition is displayed A further alarm sounder in the power supply itself also sounds independently of the monitor alarm The battery voltage is also monitored during battery use and a threshold alarm is given when the battery starts to run l
138. arm message Sub ambient pressure Alarm sub message Safety shutdown activated and ventilator restarting Priority of alarm 3 Monitor mode AII Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If the proximal pressure falls below 2mbar for 50ms a sub ambient alarm is generated but mean pressure is maintained Fresh gas maintained for 6 seconds ventilation restarted after a further 2 seconds In all HFO modes it is the mean pressure that is checked for sub ambient level Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters If a alarm continues to be triggered remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 4 Controller Failure Alarm message Controller failure Alarm sub message Remove ventilator from service Priority of alarm 4 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description The controller sub system sends life ticks at regular intervals to the monitor If the above life ticks are interrupted for more than a prescribe time it will be a
139. atic fitting G 4 Remove the two screws and washers H to release the Oxygen cell manifold 1 b Note The Oxygen cell manifold should be removed with the tube J attached 5 Remove the two screws and washers K 6 The 40PSI air regulator can now be removed from the Pneumatic unit 7 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Page 66 Model A 9 10 N6615 02 Input Oxygen Regulator PR2 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the 40PSI air regulator as described on page 65 2 Disconnect the following tubes 40PSI oxygen regulator to SV8 A 40PSI oxygen regulator to blender Os S inlet B 40 PSI 3 Remove the two fixing screws and washers C 4 Withdraw the 40PSI oxygen regulator so that the inlet connectors are clear of the chassis Disconnect the tube D 5 The 40PSI oxygen regulator can now be removed from the Pneumatic unit 6 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Model A Page 67 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the HFO module as described in section 8 7 on page 61 2 Remove the two
140. ator The soak test can be carried out with air connected to the oxygen inlet but a dummy 10096 O cell will need to be fitted This device is available from SLE on request part number L0291 Connect a full N5188 patient circuit with test lung Carry out a 100 oxygen calibration One point with the dummy 100 O cell Set the ventilator up in HFO mode Set HFO rate to 5 Hz Mean to 10 mbar Delta p set to achieve 60 mbar FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of HFO soak check the delta p and the mean are within 1096 of initial values Set the ventilator to CMV mode Set BPM to 100 PIP to 50 PEEP to 10 Insp Time to 0 35 sec FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of CMV soak Check the PIP pressure is unchanged Acceptable tolerance 1mbar Check the PEEP is unchanged Acceptable tolerance 1mbar Model A Page 141 SLE V3 V3 1 V3 2 14 16 Battery Charge Verification Check that the battery has fully charged by checking the battery connector voltage is at least 13 7V when the unit is powered from the mains Acceptable tolerance gt 13 7 mbar v Check list Item 17 14 17 Battery Life Verification After the battery has been fully charged from the soak test leave the unit in pure HFO mode at 20Hz on the battery alone Ensure the Main Power Fail alarm is active Ensure that the ventilator runs for a minimum of 30 minutes before the Battery low alarm
141. attery A from the battery housing B 3 Assembly is reversal of removal 4 Re assemble the ventilator and turn it on Setup Enter the More Options panel of the user interface and reset the time and date Refer to the user manual for more details on how to set the time and date Model A Page 35 8 3 Disk on Chip a 4 Warning The PC board is a static sensitive device Warning Failure to fit the Disk on Chip correctly will cause the Disk on Chip and the N6631 01 PC board to fail 1 Remove the can card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the Disk on Chip A using an IC extraction tool Warning Protect the Disk on Chip from static damage by placing Gs 4 the pins in anti static foam and the complete chip in an anti static bag 3 Insert the new Disk on Chip into the IC15 socket on the N6631 01 board e Note Make sure that Pin 1 on the G Disk on Chip and the N6631 01 PC board correspond 4 Re assemble the ventilator and turn it on Setup For a Disk on Chip with the same version of software touch screen calibration reset the time date and full functional test For a Disk on Chip with the a new version of software touch screen calibration full system calibration reset the time date and full functional test e Note Software upgrades a
142. bars 4 Remove the 3 remaining facia retaining screws B 5 Gently draw the front panel assembly away from the unit Note Dispaly touch screen cables not shown for clarity 6 Disconnect the two backlight power leads from the inverter board See section 8 10 on page 44 7 Disconnect the two tubes C 8 Disconnect the fan electrical connector D 9 Disconnect the led electrical connector E 10 Remove the 6 facia retaining screws and washers F 11 Remove the front facia Page 52 Model A Model A 12 Remove the 2 screws G retaining the right hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 13 Remove the 2 nuts washers H and screws I retaining the left hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 14 To free the cable J detach the s locking rod K by cutting the adhesive K ES 15 Separate the LCD touch screen assembly from the mounting plate 16 Disconnect the connecting cable J 4 O from the rear of the LCD assembly P d 17 The LCD touch screen assembly is now free 18 To remove the touch screen peel off the adhesive tape L 19 Once the tape is remove the touch Screen can be removed Warning Do not touch the LCD screen My with bare hands This is to prevent grease contamination of the surface i e finger prints 20 With the touch screen removed the two LCD mounting blocks M can be removed as access to their fixing screws is now possible 21
143. black locking rod should not be used on ventilators 51164 onwards as it is thicker and will not allow correct assembly of the LCD Touch screen Note For ventilators serial number 51164 onwards the LCD cable assembly is cable tied to a pillar on the rear face of the mounting plate Ventilators prior to serial number 51164 may also have the LCD cable assembly cable tie if fitted with service kit N9052 Page 50 Model A 15 Separate the LCD touch screen assembly from the mounting plate 16 Disconnect the connecting cable J from the rear of the LCD assembly 17 The LCD touch screen assembly is now free 18 To remove the touch screen peel off the adhesive tape L 19 Once the tape is remove the touch screen can be removed Warning Do not touch the LCD screen My with bare hands This is to prevent grease contamination of the surface i e finger prints 20 With the touch screen removed the two LCD mounting blocks M can be removed as access to their fixing screws is now possible 21 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup If the entire assembly or just the touch screen has been replaced the screen calibration routine will have to be carried out Model A Page 51 8 11 3 For ventilators 51527 to 51569 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PC board and the monitor control board as described in section 8 6 3 Remove the 4 screws A retaining the screen tie
144. bles not shown for clarity 6 Disconnect the two backlight power leads from the inverter board See section 8 10 on page 44 7 Disconnect the two tubes C 8 Disconnect the fan electrical connector D 9 Disconnect the led electrical connector E 10 Remove the 6 facia retaining screws and washers F 11 Remove the front facia Page 47 Page 48 12 Remove the 2 screws G retaining the right hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 13 Remove the 2 nuts washers H and screws I retaining the left hand side of the LCD touch screen assembly 14 Separate the LCD touch screen assembly from the mounting plate 15 Disconnect the connecting cable J from the rear of the LCD assembly 16 The LCD touch screen assembly is now free 17 To remove the touch screen peel off the adhesive tape L 18 Once the tape is remove the touch Screen can be removed Warning Do not touch the LCD screen My with bare hands This is to prevent grease contamination of the surface i e finger prints 19 With the touch screen removed the two LCD mounting blocks M can be removed as access to their fixing screws is now possible 20 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup If the entire assembly or just the touch screen has been replaced the screen calibration routine will have to be carried out Model A 8 11 2 For ventilators 51085 to 51526 1 Remove the CAN Da
145. bly 110v A RF 1A E2559 01 Main Assembly 230v B RF 20 L5000 01 20 Top Assembly 1 See items 50 85 21 N2193 Plate A 21A N2193 01 Plate B 25 T7789 1 Switch 1 30 T7789 2 SWitch bezel 1 35 T5553 Foot Rubber 4 Attaching Parts 40 H2208 Screw 4 Item Not illustrated Page 274 Model A The Dot classification system Items within the parts list have a dot prefix The item with no dot as a prefix is the main assembly for that figure Any item with one dot belongs to the main assembly Any item with two dots is attached to the one dot item above it Three dot items are attached to two dot items etc Three stars indicate the end of a sub assembly The main assembly is always referenced RF Figures The ventilator is illustrated in disassembly order each figure is made up of a number of sheets that reduce that assembly to its base components View J Following each set of illustrations is the parts list for that figure Not all screws washers and nuts are illustrated This is for clarity If an item is attached with a large number of screw nuts and washers one set is illustrated and the rest are referenced in the units per assembly column of the parts list Please note though the illustrations show the assemblies in disassembly order the actual disassembly procedure may differ Please refer to the Overhaul and Repair Manual for further information Mode
146. but do not press the confirm button Advance to Step 54 Page 203 2 SLE 17 1 17 Functional test of PSV Mode Step 54 For the functional test set the following parameters in the PSV preview mode Backup 20 breaths PEEP 5 mbar Plus 20 mbar Max Ti 1 sec FI cinici 21 After pressing the confirm button the user will be presented with the PSV screen Check that TIV dala is set to OFF This button will not appear when functional testing with no flow sensor fitted Aprisea Setup Disabled when backup rate Apnoea Setup fis 20 BPM or higher TV OFF Step 55 Check that the Breath detection threshold is set to 2 0 lpm The ventilator should start to provide backup breaths Page 204 Model A Step 56 v Note If functional testing the ventilator without a flow sensor fitted TTV button will not appear and the Flow v Time amp Tidal Volume v Time windows will be replaced by the Breath Trigger Level bar Press the PSV Setup button to display the Pressure Support panel Ensure that stop support is set to 5 B Note Without the flow sensor fitted the user will io only be able to set the stop support percentage Verify that ous ND Sensitivity jas rr to enable as eg NO FLOW SENSOR Backup Max Ti azo 1 P s 1120 20 1 00 ES 1 150 JLo Seo 3 Mode select PSV P
147. ce with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser Verify the setting by setting the following pressures via the restrictor Set Pressure Tolerance 0 2 mbar 30 2 mbar 60 2 mbar 90 2 mbar 120 2 mbar 14 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure regulator trim a Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the blender pressure transducer gain to 1379 and the offset to 91 Gain b Remove the gas supplies to the ventilator and ensure that 1379 8 Blender the Blender pressure transducer reads 0 2 mbar allow the sensor reading time to settle Fine tune with the offset Blender P control if necessary mbar c Reconnect the gas and after the pressure sensor has settled check the pressure sensor reads 0 Offset 8 91 Acceptable tolerances 7 mbar d Tighten the locking nut on the PR1 pressure regulator Air If the sensor reading is outside the tolerance 0 7 mbar then adjust the PR1 pressure regulator and then tighten the locking nut M Check list Item 11 Recording of pressure sensor calibration constants Model A Page 133 SLE V3 V3 1 V3 2 14 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a Enter the Jet Calibration screen b Connect the ET manifold to the calibration analyser c Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30
148. chamber to SV8 tube J Manifold to air regulator tube K 8 Disconnect the electrical loom connector L Page 63 9 Remove the four screws and washers M retaining the HFO module 10 Remove the module from the pneumatic unit Note The fresh gas and proximal airway tube fittings impede the removal of the module 11 Remove the two screws N 12 Slide the purge regulator PR5 O off the manifold fitting P N6613 N6613 03 13 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Page 64 Model A 9 9 N6615 01 Input Air Regulator PR1 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the Oxygen cell 2 Disconnect the following tubes Oxygen cell to overboard dump B Air inlet to 40PSI air regulator C 40PSI air regulator to differential pressure transducer D 40PSI air regulator to blender port 1 E 40PSI air regulator to manifold F E O NES AIR b OXYGEN Model A Page 65 3 Using a spanner remove the pneum
149. chematic Below is a schematic representation of the pneumatic unit of the ventilator Page 270 sv9 PR3 LL Pressure Relief Valve N Open SV1 EV pa 1 Open SV1 EV1 Medical Air di 3 5 Bar PRI A O l 7 svi0 N Open FQ SV3 EV5 PRE FA 3rd Jet E u Differential H H Nogais Pressure Transducer svzev3 T Nozzle Oxygen Exhalation 3 5 Bar ER L Block 5 Positive 4 ell sui Pressure Nozzle Mixing PR4 Tree R Chamber lt 3rd Jet gt N Open a SV4 EV2 T T 1 O N Open gt sveleve svi2 Fa tel SV5 EV4 Sv7 Pressure Relief Valve Blended Gas Sample ren Pneumatic dampener T Gas Proximal Pressure Connection dv M O m tonc ul I i FRAN Transducer Proximal Oxygen Oxygen Airway Pressure Cell Transducers N Pressure LWW Restrictor ndi Speed Pressure Filter Pressure AM Transducer Control Regulator Relief Valve TEES FE P Check Valve Pressure 2 2 Solenoid N O I 2 2 Solenoid N C 3 2 Solenoid N C Regulator E Model A 25 1 SLE4000 SLE Part N T12
150. cks and O rings correctly fitted orange coloured f Ensure duckbill non return valves are fitted to the 05 and air intakes by directly connecting a hose between the air and oxygen regulator outputs Apply air and disconnect the air supply hose to prove there is no leak and then reconnect and check the oxygen supply hose for no leak g Check for leaks in the pneumatic system Page 128 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE 14 2 Pneumatic set up a Connect the ventilator to gas supplies at 4 bar b Set the air and oxygen input pressure regulators PR1 amp PR2 to 40 psi 0 1 psi c Set the oxygen regulator to 40 psi 0 1 psi Tighten the tension nut to lock thespindle in position ensure that the pressure is still within 0 1 psi of 40 The oxygenregulator will not be adjusted again Set the other regulator to match the firstsetting within 0 1 psi d Tee into the output of PR5 with SV7 de energised and monitor the fresh gas pressure output and adjust output of regulator PR5 to 30psi 1psi These are non relieving regulators so it may be necessary to disconnect the output to allow the pressure to drop and then reconnect These regulators do drift a little after setting so need to be rechecked several times e IN Connect a 24V PSU to SV7 to energise With the fresh gas valve SV7 energised monitor the flow from the fresh gas outlet port on the front panel and adjust the needle valve FR1 to give a flow
151. ct with oil or grease The SLE5000 ventilator contains temperature dependant devices which perform normally in controlled environments in hospitals However if the ventilator has been stored at a temperature different to that in which it will be used allow the unit to acclimatize before powering up Failure to comply with the recommended service programs could lead to injury of the patient operator or damage to the ventilator It is the owners responsibility to ensure that the equipment is regularly maintained The SLE5000 contains static sensitive electrical devices Anti static precuations must be observed at all time when working on the ventilator Page 10 Model A 1 2 Cautions 1 Care should be taken when attaching other equipment as this may affect mechanical Any computer connected to the ventilator must be specified for medical use ie it must When working on the pnuematic unit protect the front facia panel by resting it on a soft pad Do not use a sharp instrument such as a pen to activate the controls as the excessive pressure applied by the point will damage the touch screen membrane The Ventilator must be connected to a suitably rated and grounded electrical power source If the SLE5000 is adversely affected by equipment emitting electromagnetic interference then that equipment should be switched off or removed from the vicinity of the SLE5000 Conversely if the SLE5000 is the source of interference to other
152. ctronic module Figure 4 Sheet 18 of 18 Page 305 Page 306 Units SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy L0270 Electronic module assembly RF See figure 1 for next highest assembly L5000 04 05 Computer amp display control Assembly 1 Obsolete item Use item 5A L0272 Computer amp display control Assembly 1 with CMOS battery backup Attaching Parts H3135 Screw M3 x 35mm 1 N6634 Can Card 1 Attaching Parts H3125 Screw M3 x 25mm 2 H3094 01 Washer crinkle M3 2 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 H3094 01 Washer crinkle M3 2 M0305 46 Spacer brass 2 T0336 02 Spacer nylon 2 W0329 Ribbon cable 2 L5000 04 55 Cable LCD assembly 1 Uses N6631 04 Obsolete item For Serial N 51110 51449 L5000 04 60 Cable LCD assembly 1 Uses N6631 11 For Serial N 51450 to 51569 N6631 12 Cable LCD assembly 1 For Serial N 51570 onwards M0767 12 Core ferrite hinged 1 T1306 Rod locking 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51085 to 51163 Model A Fi n SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 4 70A T1306 01 Rod locking For Serial N 51164 onwards Attaching Parts 75 M0745 01 Adhesive silicone 80 M0434 Cable Tie Nylon 85 M0434 Cable Tie Nylon 90 N6631 01 PC Board 95 N6631 07 Heatsink clip on 100 L5000 04 100 Speaker and loom assembly Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51133 See it
153. e inspiratory phase The rise time of the inspiratory phase is controlled by dynamically controlling the forward jet pressure regulator rather than switching a steady pressure with the high speed valves This provides a smooth rise in pressure and allows user adjustable rise times rather than abrupt changes and pressure ringing which can result from high speed switching The fall of the inspiratory wave is also controlled by the forward jet pressure regulator to bring the pressure down quickly and smoothly using the high speed valves to do this would again result in inadvertent ringing which causes difficulties for the monitor subsystem in trying to detect a patient breath attempt by monitoring the pressure alone Once the pressure has been brought close to the base pressure after about 100 ms the forward jet solenoid is switched off to prevent any further artefact causing false triggering Model A Page 15 Note that all jet pressures actually sum in the exhalation block for example to ventilate a patient with a PEEP pressure of 5 mbar and a PIP pressure of 30 mbar the mean jet will be set to generate a continuous circuit pressure of 5 mbar and the forward jet will be set to generate a circuit pressure varying between zero exp phase and 25 mbar insp phase Since the jet pressures will sum this will result in the desired patient pressure 2 2 4 HFO ventilation In pure HFO mode the mean jet pressure regulator is used purely to se
154. e restarted before new J language takes effect Waveform display sync OFF gt Page 24 Model A Model A Step 4 Press the Controller button Step 5 Enter the code supplied by SLE into the ventilator via the controller services panel to activate the required calibration program Begin psv is the A button End psv is the B button Apnea sup is the C button Enter your code here Ventilation Off Version Information Display Subsystem XXXXXX X Controller Hardware X Controller Software XX Controller Checksum XX Monitor Software Non Isol XXX Monitor Software Isol XXX D ventilation Off d e Monitor Pressures Elapsed Time D emm 8 Days 18 00 Hrs e Page 25 SLE Page 26 5 2 Ventilator Calibration Program The calibration program has four main functions 1 Sensor Calibration 2 Jet Calibration 3 O5 amp Flow System Calibration 4 Elapsed Time Reset 5 Exit 5 2 1 Sensor Calibration The sensor calibration panel allows the following sensors to be calibrated Controller The setting of the Block and leak sensor Offset and Gain The setting of the Blender sensor Offset and Gain Monitor The setting of the Blender sensor Gain Zero Offsets Block amp Leak Blender Pressure 1PSI Pressure 2 5PS Gain Gain Gain Gain 3627 1379 15099 20994 Leak P Blender P 1 PsiP 2 5 PsiP 73 0 60 60 mbar mbar mbar mbar Offset
155. e ventilator from service Model A Page 249 Alarm 50 Calibrate Oxygen Cell Alarm message Calibrate oxygen cell Alarm sub message The oxygen cell needs calibrating Priority of alarm 49 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If at any time the measured oxygen is gt 100 this alarm will be generated Action Recalibrate O sensor If alarm re appears remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 51 Oxygen Cell Exhausted Alarm message Oxygen cell exhausted Alarm sub message A new oxygen cell is required Priority of alarm 50 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If the oxygen cell could not be calibrated during calibration this alarm will be generated Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 52 Oxygen Calibration Failure Alarm message sess O calibration fail Alarm sub message
156. e Cause Mains power supply turned off Blown main fuse Remedy Turn on mains supply Replace main fuse 2 Symptom Ventilator screen remains blank on power up Power LED is On or Ventilator screen blank with alarm tone being generated Ventilator continuing to ventilate Possible Cause LCD cable disconnected Back light power cable disconnected Back light PCB failed Defective PC Board Contains video driver Remedy Check LCD cable connected Fit locking rod if required See N6631 02 LCD amp N6631 05 Touch Screen on page 47 Check backlight power connector Check backlight PCB See N6631 03 Inverter PCB on page 44 Replace PC board See N6631 01 PC Board on page 37 3 Symptom Ventilator start up screen blue and user interface missing all graphics Possible Cause Un installed foreign language mode selected UK ventilators only up to serial number 51449 running software versions 3 to 3 2 Remedy Re select the English language Page 216 Model A 4 Symptom Ventilator screen blank Power LED is Off Continuous alarm tone being generated Possible Cause Complete power failure Remedy Restore mains power and restart ventilator If the ventilator does not display any battery related alarms To check battery level turn off ventilator at rear do not press the battery disconnect switch If screen becomes blank again batteries are flat and require recharging 5 Symptom
157. e board 2 Disconnect the PC link ribbon cable B from the board 3 Disconnect the power cable C from the board P ad Qr na m 4 Remove the four nuts and washers retaining the serial controller PCB 5 Remove the serial controller PCB 6 Assembly of the serial controller PCB is the reverse of removal Setup Touch screen calibration Page 38 Model A 8 6 A0763 02 Control and Monitor Board a Warning The Control and Monitor Board is a static sensitive device 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the PCB locking screw This will allow the top board assembly to slide forward a small amount which gives better access to the edge connectors of the top board 3 Disconnect the display connector cable A 4 Disconnect the cooling fan power supply connector B 5 Disconnect the board power connector cable C 6 Disconnect the touch screen connector cable D 7 Disconnect the RS232 connector cable E 8 The PC carrier board can now be removed by sliding towards the rear of the ventilator Model A Page 39 Page 40 The Control monitor board can now be accessed 9 Disconnect the following cables 10 CAN card link ribbon cable controller side F P3 11 CAN card link ribbon cable controller side G JP3 12 Power supply connector controller side main loom H P4 13 Controller to A0761 transducer assembly ribbon cable I P5
158. e fresh gas port and adjust the Block and Leak pressure sensor offset until the sensor reading is zero Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar h Repeat steps f and g until pressure sensor and calibration analyser agree Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar Page 150 Model A as SLE i Re connect the Y piece with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser Verify the setting by setting the following pressures via the restrictor Set Pressure Tolerance 0 2 mbar 30 2 mbar 60 2 mbar 90 2 mbar 120 2 mbar 15 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure regulator trim a Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the blender pressure transducer gain to 1379 and the offset to 91 Gain b Remove the gas supplies to the ventilator and ensure that 1379 8 Blender the Blender pressure transducer reads 0 2 mbar allow the sensor reading time to settle Fine tune with the offset Blender P control if necessary mbar c Reconnect the gas and after the pressure sensor has settled check the pressure sensor reads 0 Offset 8 91 Acceptable tolerances 7 mbar d Tighten the locking nut on the PR1 pressure regulator AIR If the sensor reading is outside the tolerance 0 7 mbar then adjust the PR1 pressure regulator and then tighten the locking nut Vv Check list Item 11 Record
159. eaths exceeds apnoea limit Priority of alarm 45 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If a breath is not detected within a user specified apnoea period an apnoea alarm will be generated The flow is used to detect a breath Action Check patient Check patient circuit Adjust breath detection threshold Alarm 46 Apnoea Pressure Alarm message Apnoea Alarm sub message Period between breaths exceeds apnoea limit Priority of alarm ees 39 Monitor mode Pressure Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If a breath is not detected within a user specified apnoea period an apnoea alarm will be generated The proximal pressure is used to detect a breath Action Check patient Check patient circuit Adjust breath trigger sensitivity Page 248 Model A Alarm 47 Main Power Failure Alarm message Main power fail Alarm sub message Running on internal battery Priority of alarm 46 Monitor mode AII
160. ed the Breath Not Detected alarm will be triggered on the second mechanical breath This is because the ventilator registers the second mechanical breath via the flow sensor as an incomplete patient breath When functional testing without the flow sensor only the Apnoea alarm can be triggered as there is no Breath Not Detected alarm in this mode of operation Set the Backup Breaths button to Off Gently constrict the proximal airway tube so as to increase the pressure Allow the pressure to increase but do not allow it to exceed the high alarm threshold This can be achieved by releasing the constriction of the proximal airway tube by a small amount Do not reset any Apnoea alarms that may be generated Verify that after 10 seconds the continuing positive pressure alarm is triggered and that the fresh gas supply is cut off When the gas supply is cut off release ME Reset Hist adjust the constriction from the proximal airway tube After 6 seconds the fresh gas supply should be re instated Press the reset button in the alarm panel to clear all alarm notifications Page 189 Step 18 Press the Mode Select button and select CMV from the Mode Select panel but Do Not press the confirm button Advance to Step 19 BPM ina 30 ill 1 sec PEEP 5mbar PIP 20 mbar FIO intziicisiass 21 Step 20 Press the confirm button to enter the CMV mode M verify a waveform appears in
161. ed by a dash 20 is not illustrated Gaps in the sequence of item numbering indicate that numbers have been reserved for new components or a component variant SLE Part N refers to the items SLE part number This number should be quoted when ordering spares Where two items with part numbers that are same are followed by a number in brackets Example T7789 1 T7789 2 this denotes that this is an assembly that when ordered as a spare only requires the one part number Assembly numbers L5000 00 00 Assembly numbers that belong to the L5000 00 00 series have been created to simplify the breakdown of components in this illustrated parts list In the description of the assembly actual base components are referenced Example See items 85 125 The assembly number breaks down into three components the first six characters L5000 denotes the main assembly the next two digits denotes the figure to which that part is illustrated 02 and the final two or three digits 20 denotes the item number for that figure Description A description of the relevant part Effectivity code When the box is blank that part is common to all variants When a letter appears in the box then that part applies only to the top assembly marked with that code letter Units Per Assembly Quantity used for that assembly Example parts list Units Item N SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 1 E2559 Main Assem
162. egulator B using a spanner to undo the base nut Take care not to loosen the bulkhead flitting C 3 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup LT procedure is required for this ua 4 component LA ie KEE Page 59 1 Remove the outlet hose A 2 Remove the Speed controller B using a spanner to undo the base nut 3 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Page 60 Model A Model A Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the four screws and washers A retaining the partition assembly B 2 Gently release the assembly so access the tubing 3 Disconnect the tube connected to FR1 C 4 Disconnect the tube connected to SV7 D 5 Disconnect the fresh gas tube connected to the SV7 bypass mounting block E 6 Remove the partition assembly B from the pneumatic unit T Disconnect the following tubes Fresh gas monitoring tube F Proximal airway monitoring tube G Blender port 3 to mixing chamber tube H Blender port 4 to mixing chamber tube I Mixing chamber to SV8 tube J Manifold to air regulator tube K 8 Disconnect the electrical loom connector L Page 61 9 Remove the four screws and 8 ivi washers M retaining the HFO module 10 Remove the module from the pneumatic unit Note The fresh gas and
163. el Type B device Situated on rear panel Read manual Situated on rear panel Do not dispose of as general waste WEEE directive Appears on serial number label X Date of Manufacture Appears on serial number label EEC conformity marking showing compliance with the Medical C 01 20 Devices Directive Appears on serial number label O Power Off Power ON Embossed on power switch Indicates the mains power switch HEAVY T NC Heavy Lift with care Situated on rear panel Page 18 Model A Description Mains Battery power indicator Situated on front panel Indicates a warning in the manual Observe anti static precuations Indicates a note in the manual Indicates a caution in the manual Check list item Model A Page 19 This page is intentionally blank Page 20 Model A SLE Equipment List Model A Page 21 4 Equipment list To service the SLE5000 infant ventilator the service personnel will require the following equipment Items marked with an SLE part number can be obatined by contacting the service department Electronic engineers tool kit e ab Calibration analyser calibrated in mbar SLE Part N N2830 a Patient coacto Sada ua tcr E SLE Part N N5188 e 4Humidification chamber MR220 SLE Part N N3220 amp B Tost UNG one ein SLE Part N N6647
164. ems 285 amp 287 100A L5000 04 100A Speaker and loom assembly Obsolete item See items 290 amp 295 Attaching Parts 105 TO209 01 Thumb nut 110 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 115 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 120 M0305 33 Pillar 125 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 130 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 135 N6631 06 Serial Controller PCB Attaching Parts 140 M0305 36 Pillar 145 H3091 Nut M3 150 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 155 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 160 L5000 04 160 Connector loom Ref Dwg AS L0272 Attaching Parts 165 M0434 01 Cable tie 170 M0434 Cable tie Model A Page 307 SLE Page 308 Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 175 L5000 04 175 Cooling fan assembly 1 See items 310 335 Attaching Parts 180 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 185 H3091 Nut M3 2 190 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 195 L5000 04 195 Link wire 16 0 2 AR 200 T1260 Mounting plate 1 205 W0327 Cable ribbon assy 1 Attaching Parts 210 M0306 1 Screwlock screw 4 215 M0306 2 Screwlock nut 4 220 M0306 3 Screwlock washer 4 225 W0330 Cable ribbon assy 1 230 WO0331 Cable ribbon assy 1 235 S0250 Cover PCB connector 1 285 W0335 Display RS232 ribbon cable 1 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51133 287 M0903 65 Speaker
165. erifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar e g Repeat steps c d and e until the set and measured agree Set PEEP Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar 1 mbar 15 mbar 1 mbar max gt 18 mbar 16 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30 CMV Controls Insp time to 1 5 sec Set the PIP control to 60 mbar PEEP to 0 Model A Page 171 on the plateau of the Inspiratory phase c Set the PIP to 5 mbar and adjust the Forward Jet CMV Offset to achieve 5 mbar 1 mbar on the plateau Repeat HFO Offset 8 b Adjust the Forward Jet Gain to achieve 60 mbar 1 mbar Forward Jet Settings Gain 378 steps b to c until the set and measured agree within 1 mbar 306 CMV Offset 623 d Verify mean pressure setting by setting the following PIP pressures and verifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar Set PIP Pressure Acceptable tolerance 0 mbar 1 mbar 5 mbar 1 mbar 10 mbar t1 mbar 20 mbar t1 mbar 30 mbar 1 mbar 40 mbar t1 mbar 50 mbar 1 mbar 60 mbar 1 mbar max gt 63 mbar Page 172 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE 16 8 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration Note The ventilator must be at working temperature with the metal G
166. ers to airway respiratory rate Therefore the names of parameters on the VueLink monitor are not the same as those on the SLE5000 A cross reference table follows SLE 5000 VueLink Nomenclature Nomenclature Pressure waveform AWP Airway Pressure Wave Flow waveform AWF Airway Flow Wave Volume waveform AWV Airway Volume Wave BPM AWRR Airway Respiratory Rate measured in rpm HFO Rate HFVRR High frequency ventilation respiration rate HFO delta P HFVAm High freq ventilation resp amplitude Mean P MnAwP Mean airway Pressure Ti InsTi Inspiratory Time Tidal Vol TV Tidal Volume Breath Trig Threshold sTrgFl Flow Trigger Apnoea alarm time sAADel Apnoea Alarm Delay Vti TVin Inspired tidal volume Vte TVex Expired tidal volume Vmin MV Minute Volume Compl Cdyn Dynamic Lung Compliance Resist Rdyn Dynamic Lung Resistance Values which are control settings are prefixed with an s for example sAWRR for set BPM Model A Page 425 2 SLE 33 25 Data transferred to the VueLink system from the SLE5000 The RS232 interface to the VueLink monitor enables the SLE5000 to send monitored patient data ventilator settings waveforms and alarms Three digital waveforms are transmittable to the VueLink system which are Pressure AWP Flow AWF and Tidal Volume AWV The sample rate for these waveforms is 8ms The following table l
167. essures TUE ignore transient overshoots ap a c Ensure the mean remains at zero w HFO Offset T HFO Offset Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar 306 0 d Set the delta p to 150 and adjust the CHV Omast corna reverse gain if necessary to achieve the set 623 JL 0 pressure e Ensure that the mean remains at zero Acceptable tolerance 5 mbar f Ensure a minimum delta P of 165 mbar can be achieved Acceptable tolerance 32 mbar Check list Item 12 Record of Pressure Regulator Calibration Constants Check list Item 13 Wave shape calibration constants Model A Ca V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE 14 10 O System Calibration Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air for 1 hour prior to carrying out the O system calibration Connect the oxygen supply Press start the O5 System Calibration button This takes about 5 mins listen for the solenoid click to indicate the calibration is finished 14 11 Flow System Calibration The flow system is a factory set system and requires an ETU 2 14 12 Pressure Triggering Verification a Ensure the ventilator is connected to air and oxygen Turn on the ventilator and allow it to enter standby mode b Fit a patient circuit with a test lung Check that the pressure trigger operates in PTV mode with no flow sensor connected v Check list Item 14 14 13 Gas Fail Detection Verification a With the air and oxygen hoses connected to separately controllab
168. ew ventilator rrtt tertnnreeeneeeenne nnn 253 22 2 Cleaning and disinfection of an in service ventilator 253 22 9 GleaRingmetnods sso med ot eunt a ter al aid nd Log etr ee int 254 22 4 Disinfection method ii 255 22 5 Sterilization Method inziale Gxbenys 256 23 Technical Special re aaa E EY RII IRR UR RET aria 257 23 1 Operating Modes Conventional Ventilation i 257 23 2 HAFO VOMUALOM Mc REPE ERUEPE 258 23 9 Measurement a uteri erre E etico iactis uitae cedo 263 23 4 Alar MS ue tec ella Ra vaa RU ED NUMINE SU Mp DE SER an rai 265 23 5 Patient el CUNES oo iori nies esee fco Erie ere AAA aaa 266 ZO QUIPUIS a AR AAN ASAS Raisi 267 23 1 Gas SUDOR 268 23 8 Power Dimensions Standards EetC 269 23 9 Environmental Storage Conditions rrer rersssessrrererrrrreernne 269 24 Pneumatic Unit Schematic eren nnne 270 25 Ventilator ADIOS A o 271 ZO NY SLbE4000 H 271 252 A eine 272 26 Illustrated Parts List AR i aa 274 Ventilator assembly aia iii ae ia 276 Base plate and side door assembly rnnr nnne ene 284 Front faola asselmibly iue d pa tp A t pee o bx iaia 286 Electronic Module Mc 288 Pneumatic module Pre proximal airway modification esses 321 Pnegmatie module sai 327 HFO module Pre proximal airway modification
169. f the sensor when occluded must be carried out at all times Page 184 Model A 17 1 5 Oxygen Alarm Test Step 5 In ventilation off mode panel press the Oxygen Alarm Test Button Ventilation Off Ventilation is Off Note Ensure that a two point oxygen calibration Press Mode Select to continue Gi has been carried out before commencing the oxygen alarm test The Oxygen alarm testing window will now be displayed in the Mode Panel Ventilation Off With the Alarm Auto Track Button set to ON set Oxygen Alarm Testing the FiOs parameter to 45 O Under normal use the oxygen alarm will track the oxygen setting Pressing the button below will disable enable the auto tracking so that the oxygen alarm can be manually tested Note the test cannot be performed during calibration of the oxygen cell Alarm Auto Track ON dI Once set press the Alarm Auto Track Button E E ee The Button will now read Alarm set to 45 portici iii calibration ofthe oxygen cell nam secto ss 42D Increase the percentage of oxygen to 53 The blender will increase the percentage of oxygen to the set value The High Oxygen Alarm will now be triggered A mese toe ajust Return the percentage of oxygen to 45 and press the reset button on the alarm panel Model A Page 185 Decrease the percentage of oxygen to 37 The blender will reduce the percentage of oxygen to the set value The Low Oxygen Alarm will now be
170. flow rates and then allow each supply into a mixing chamber for a time period equivalent to the proportions required For example delivering oxygen at a set flow rate into a mixing chamber for 1 second and air at the same flow rate for 2 seconds will result in a mixture of 1 part oxygen to 2 parts air resulting in a mix of 47 3 2 2 2 Pressure Generation There are three nozzles within the exhalation block in the pneumatic subsystem One for generating negative pressure in the patient circuit and the other two for generating positive pressure The pressures generated from the three nozzles are controlled by three electronically controlled pressure regulators The negative and one of the positive nozzle pressures can also be switched on and off rapidly with in line high speed solenoid valves The other positive nozzle the mean jet is used to generate steady pressures in ventilation CPAP or PEEP pressures in conventional modes and mean pressures in HFO modes These three nozzles or jets are used in various combinations to generate all ventilation modes 2 2 3 Conventional ventilation In non HFO modes the negative or reverse jet is used in a steady mode to provide a small amount of flow to offset the inadvertent patient circuit pressure generated from the fresh gas flow of 8 Ipm The mean jet is also used in a steady mode to generate the base pressure level CPAP or PEEP and the forward jet is used to generate the PIP pressure during th
171. flow sensor fitted The user will be told to skip a section if it applies to testing a flow related function Page 183 SLE 17 1 4 Calibration of the Flow sensor Step 4 Make sure that there is no flow passing the through the sensor For this purpose occlude the flow sensor by holding it between two fingers closing both ends as shown in the following picture Press the Options and Service Data Button From the services panel press the Flow button A With the flow sensor now occluded press the Calibrate button B This initiates the calibration cycle for the flow sensor Keep the sensor occluded i is Calibrate Flow Sensor until the words Calibration Complete appear When calibrating above the Calibrate button ohare etm until calibration 9 is complete The sensor has now been calibrated and can be This ensures zero flow fitted into the patient circuit Fit a test lung to the flow sensor Press the Return Button C twice to return to the Ventilation Off panel or allow the panel to self cancel after 30 seconds Warning If the flow sensor is incorrectly calibrated i e whilst fitted to the patient circuit or partially occluded the user must note that the resistance and compliance readings in the lung mechanics and measurement panel will be incorrect Measured values in the parameter controls will also be incorrect and could lead a condition detrimental to the patient Recalibration o
172. ftware to recognise the pneumatic unit configuration There are 9 hardware idents possible on the board The table below outlines the resistor groups to produce specific hardware ID s The SLE4000 model A and SLE5000 model A use Hardware Ident 3 BOARD IDENTIFICATION TABLE HARDWARE VERSION Ident No DESCRIPTION o c 10k 00 1 BLENDER ALL CHANNELS CLOSED R115 R122 R123 R130 01 2 BLENDER 2 CHANNEL 1 N O 1 N C R115 R121 amp R123 R122 amp R124 R130 02 3 BLENDER 2 CHANNEL 2 N O R115 R120 R122 R130 R121 R123 R129 03 4 TO BE ADVISED R115 R119 R121 R122 R129 R120 R123 R128 R130 04 5 TO BE ADVISED R115 R118 R120 R122 R128 R119 R123 R127 R129 R130 05 6 TO BE ADVISED R115 R117 R119 R122 R127 R118 R123 R126 R128 R130 06 7 TO BE ADVISED R115 R116 R118 R122 R126 R117 R123 R125 R127 R130 07 8 TO BE ADVISED R115 R117 R122 R125 R116 R123 R124 R126 R130 08 9 TO BE ADVISED R116 R122 amp R124 R115 R123 R125 R130 09 10 SLE4000 Model B R115 R118 R120 R121 R123 R119 R122 R124 R127 R129 amp R128 8 R130 Board and Modification Level Identifier gt cuo il RNS RIS m2 Ane Re R120 ma R122 1000 of ole or orc oic orc ofc 10K eli vas 2 3 om Qi 4 03 CE S na aa 6 os os 7 06 06 a 9 ma mis aio mm ome mus ao mms a 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K ole 74HC573
173. g Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 410 N6612 Pressure regulator 1 415 N6648 Connector bulkhead 1 420 N6648 Nut bulkhead connector 1 425 N6648 Washer bulkhead connector 1 430 N6606 05 Adaptor stem 1 435 N6605 Tube connector equal tee 1 For Serial N 51078 to 51121 amp 51234 onwards Supplier SMC 1 435A L5000 08 435A Tube connector equal tee Obsolete item Use item 435 For Serial N 51122 to 51233 Supplier West Group Attaching Parts 440 H3116 Screw M3 x 16mm 1 440A H3116 Screw M3 x 16mm 2 Obsolete item 445 H3091 Nut 1 445A H3091 Nut 2 Obsolete item 450 H3093 Washer M3 1 450A H3093 Washer M3 2 Obsolete item 455 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 1 455A H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Obsolete item 460 T1304 Bracket mounting 1 For Serial N 51078 to 51121 amp 51234 onwards 1 460A L5000 08 460A Bracket mounting Obsolete item Use item 460 For Serial N 51122 to 51233 Model A Page 355 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 465 T1199 Latch exhalation block 1 Attaching Parts 470 H4950 Screw M4 x 50 1 475 T1236 Spacer 1 480 N6619 Spring 1 485 H4091 Nut M4 1 490 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 1 495 T1206 Jet mounting block 1 Page 356 Item Not illustrated Model A Model
174. ggered and cancelled Cycle fail alarm Oo aL LU LULU Alarm triggered and cancelled HFO waveform test ventilator is oscillating waveforms appear and I E ratio 1 1 L CMV functional test ventilator is cycling waveforms appear and I E ratio 1 1 L Wave shape modified Pressure wave modified Fail 0 p 0 0 0 O Model A Model A Step 46 Step 47 Step 51 Step 56 Step 58 Step 61 Step 62 Step 63 Pass Waveform display synchronisation Waveforms should be displayed starting at the left hand edge of the window Waveform display synchronisation Waveforms should be displayed starting any where in the window O Wave shape modified by TTV Pressure wave modified PSV functional test When the test lung is squeezed that a waveform appears in the waveform window When the pressure is released from the test lung that the ventilator provides support by helping reinflate the test lung O PSV functional test After 10 seconds that the ventilator delivers a backup breath and the visual and audible Apnoea alarm is triggered O SIMV functional test The ventilator cycles the cycle waveform appears in the waveform windows after 1 minute the BPM total should read 20 BPM in the breath parameter window SIMV functional test The ventilator delivers a synchronized breath Dl SIMV functional test The ventilator does not trigger on the 2 to 3 test l
175. half an hour c Enter the Jet Calibration option panel d Set Forward jet settings gain to 400 and remaining calibration values to zero e Enter Sensor Calibration screen and disconnect all gas from the ventilator f Press the zero offsets button and ensure that the two proximal pressure transducers read zero Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar g Reconnect the gas and enter the Jet Calibration screen h Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 10 HFO Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 3 sec Set Mean lt n Set BPM 10 mbar Set the PIP control to 60mbar Set all the controls in the HFO panel 22537 to Zero LN Set Insp Time 0 e in 300 Set HFO Rate 4 Y Page 130 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE i Enter Sensor Calibration screen and adjust the gain of both the pressure Pressure 1PSI Pressure 2 5PSI sensors so that the 1psi and the 2 5psi Gain 4N Gain pressure transducers agree with each other 15099 Ly 20994 yy and with the Calibration Analyser A 1 Psi P 2 5 Psi P Acceptable tolerance t1mbar a 60 Offset Offset 22523 24315 j Go to Jet Calibration screen and set the PIP as specified in PIP Pressure Setting column of the table below k Re enter sensor calibration screen and check that the sensor readings at 1 and 2 5 psi agree with Calibration Analyser within the set tolerance
176. he insp leading edge adjustment controls shape the leading edge to produce a square response Fast Rise Time Starting with all insp leading edge calibration values set to zero increase the slow rise time until the pressure waveform does not rise above the plateau Slow Rise Time Set the fast rise time to the same value as the slow rise time Increase the F S balance from 0 until the waveform is square ris Balance c Using the insp trailing edge adjustment controls shape the trailing edge to reduce overshoot d Increase the exp leading edge slow rise time control to ES minimize the overshoot on the fall waveshape Fast Rise Time TP 0 Slow Rise Time 0 dle FIS Balance 0 gt Model A Page 137 G I N Page 138 CA SLE V3 V3 1 V3 2 14 9 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration Note The ventilator must be at working temperature with the metal electronic unit top cover on before calibrating the reverse jet pressure regulators machine must be on for at least half an hour a Set up the ventilator to HFO mode and set the following parameters Set the Mean to 0 mbar HFO Controls Set the Delta P to 20 mbar Set Mean Set the HFO rate to 5Hz 0 mbar Set Delta P 20 mbar Set HFO Rate 5 gt Gp C N b Increase the Forward and Reverse HFO Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings Offsets to achieve the set pr
177. i ama Geb A avers a gen ur sana a Fed a 2 Kum OED 5 z 1 H xa z IW T uso on Geb Sd TINI Ed ioar HORE Waa aan vu Geb We mne cn eo ae esa LE wan muon ME 4 DL B ad O30d v Sd ONIS dev co SW OD aro a aliw eD we zuce H zr oo mu noe 5 ET lt em gt Xl DU Cv mn aquaBAx am em Bl dtd cow SIT E 3 iw an DI i z am p x Faek uo A z En q x 006378 NG q3sn Mor NOISSIAYIA NILLIMA LNOHIIA G3 lISIHUSd ES SY LANG NI 21 JVS LON Da aa TU B 7 3 z E NOLLVHSONI AHL es a SIHL Page 395 Model A c raol 4509509709 EPPOI NOLO Teosove IVI S 6 nonosroed PIvT 1898 020 o LddV 31v0 SSI TON V ir Eo G072 T 9T80N9 NEA BER NOGADSO RIBUS 133HS SIENNN DNIMVICO 0v010 2 I 9180N2 53H2 avoa NHUCS 3S 2E2 31V ID SI US2IW COSOSI 8880N9 dd 09409 ON 3009 MINIS 301 3 TOALNOO SIN 09 0v 10 338 JUIL 3798 IWIZILYN doze 3 9219 eNITH sin OSI X8 LN 3095 nao R A d Sin vin em zn m en 9n T Cri los 001 001 br ut Ul ut uh Ae is bipes ouod ui Su0IIDOdOI Gir PRAS
178. ibrated oxygen analyser check the accuracy of the blender and the oxygen measurement throughout the range at the following ventilator mode settings a Set the ventilator to CPAP mode CPAP set to 0 Set Oxygen concentration Lower Limit Upper limit 2196 2096 2496 3096 2796 3396 4096 3796 4396 5096 47 53 60 57 63 70 67 73 80 77 83 90 87 93 100 97 100 v Check list Item 16 Model A Page 159 SLE 15 16 Soak Test After a complete calibration the ventilator should be soaked tested for 50 hours to ensure normal operation The soak test is divide into to halves 25 hours in HFO mode and 25 hours in CMV Connect gas to the ventilator The soak test can be carried out with air connected to the oxygen inlet but a dummy 100 O cell will need to be fitted This device is available from SLE on request part number L0291 Connect a full N5188 patient circuit with test lung Carry out a 100 oxygen calibration One point with the dummy 100 O cell Set the ventilator up in HFO mode Set HFO rate to 5 Hz Mean to 10 mbar Delta p set to achieve 60 mbar FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of HFO soak check the delta p and the mean are within 1096 of initial values Set the ventilator to CMV mode Set BPM to 100 PIP to 50 PEEP to 10 Insp Time to 0 35 sec FiO set to 96 Run for a minimum of 25 hours After 25 hours of CMV
179. ile Memory i Safety Shutdown 45V Cons EEE ra cim 24V Feed 1004 Dez VW RELAY SPDT RISI decoupler for uas SNCJE4A c78 10K 100n CoilMonitor 034 X 506478 PowerDog gt nCE_SMEM SIN n 035 M 5C847B SCLK spur ShutDown 25LC080 d or BSLCOBOCSN or 25LCOBOVSN or 25LC160 SN BASIGW InterBoard Communications 5V Cons 10 way 5V Cons 318181518 10 woy 819191818 CANITX CANIRX Analogue Valve Drive nv v Pv 24V Jets DAC_B CNO816 1 1 10 04 02 NE MOD ISS DATE APP D STOCK CODE No SEE DT A0760 MODIFICATION CONTROL SCALE TITLE Non Volatile Memory APR D Safety Shutdown InterBoard Communications Analogue Valve Drive 232 SELSDON ROAD Ets SOUTH CROYDON DRAWING NUMBER SHEET A HA TN pw No 020 8681 1414 DATE 004 02 PROJECTION CD A0 60S1 04 OF A Model A Page 391 33 5 High Speed Valve Drive THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY DF PRE PRODUCTION REF SLE Ltd COPYING IN WHOLE OR IN PART IS PRDHIBITED WITHDUT WRITTEN PERMISSIDN NONE ust N SLES000 ONLY PRINTED di INFORMATION T FOR MANUFACTURE ce TU THIS DOCUMENT WILL NOT BE ADVISED High Speed Valve Drive 5V Control 5V Control
180. ing of pressure sensor calibration constants Model A Page 151 SLE 15 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration a Enter the Jet Calibration screen b Connect the ET manifold to the calibration analyser c Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters BPM to 30 HFO Controls CMY Controls Insp time to 0 sec Set Mean Set BPM 4 Set the PIP control to 0 mbar E n 10 Set the controls in the HFO panelas spp Set Insp Time follows 0 3 00 Set Mean 0 ES Set Delta P 0 Set HFO Rate 3 00 Set HFO Rate 3 Hz Set the Gain to 2000 amp Maan uae Salinas the mean Jet CMV offset to 0 Gain 2000 CMY Offset Tp d Set the mean control in the HFO panel to 15 mbar and adjust the mean jet gain control to achieve 15mbar as shown in the pressure display bar below the waveform window PEEP 15 PIP 15 Mean 15 DeltaP 0 gt Acceptable tolerance none Page 152 Model A as SLE Reverse Jet Settings e Set the reverse jet gain to 430 f Set the mean control to zero and increase Gain an the CMV offset on the reverse jet to 430 achieve 0 mbar HFO Offset 4 P Y CMV Offset 4 B h Verify mean pressure setting by setting the following pressures on the HFO control panel and verifying the displayed pressure in the pressure display bar g Repeat steps c d and e until the set and measured agree
181. ing plate 18 Disconnect the connecting cable M from the rear of the LCD assembly 19 The LCD touch screen assembly is now free 20 To remove the touch screen peel off the adhesive tape N 21 Once the tape is remove the touch screen can be removed Warning Do not touch the LCD screen Oly NM with bare hands This is to prevent grease contamination of the surface i e finger prints 22 With the touch screen removed the two LCD mounting blocks O can be removed as access to their fixing screws is now possible 23 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup If the entire assembly or just the touch screen has been replaced the screen calibration routine will have to be carried out Model A Page 55 9 Component Replacement Pneumatic unit 9 1 N2185 05 amp 06 Duckbill and conical filters Gi Note The O inlet connector is used to illustrate the process the procedure is the same for the Air inlet connector 1 Using a spanner remove the inlet connector A 2 Remove O ring B Nylon filter cone C Washer D and Duckbill check valve E 3 Assembly is reversal of removal G Note The O ring B should always be replaced with a new item Setup No setup is required for this device Page 56 Model A 9 2 L0287 Blender Assembly Model A Location in pneumatic unit 1 Disconnect the two mixing chamber tubes A 2 Disconnect the PR1 tube B 3
182. ing temperature with the metal electronic unit top cover on before calibrating the pressure transducers machine must be on for at least half an hour c Enter the Jet Calibration option panel d Set Forward jet settings gain to 400 and remaining calibration values to zero e Enter Sensor Calibration screen and disconnect all gas from the ventilator f Press the zero offsets button and ensure that the two proximal pressure transducers read zero Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar g Reconnect the gas and enter the Jet Calibration screen h Set up the ventilator to CMV mode and set the following parameters Set the controls in the CMV Panel as follows HFO Controls CMY Controls Set Mean Set BPM BPM to 10 0 8 10 mbar Insp time to 3 sec q Set Delta P Set Insp Time Set the PIP control to 60mbar 0 3 00 Set the controls in the HFO panel as kil 4 is follows Set HFO Rate Set Mean to 0 Set Delta P to 0 Set HFO Rate to 3 3 00 3 3 Model A es SLE Pressure 1PSI Pressure 2 5PSI i Enter Sensor Calibration screen and adjust the gain of both the pressure sensors so that the 1psi and the 2 5psi Gain 4 Gain pressure transducers agree with each other 15099 Ly 20994 yy and with the Calibration Analyser ZA 1 Psi P 2 5 Psi P Acceptable tolerance 1mbar RR 60 Offset Offset 22523 24315 j Go to Jet Calibration screen and set the PIP as specified i
183. ing the procedure This checklist will be become part of the service record of the ventilator A template checklist which should be copied is to be found in Appendix 1 of this manual on page 401 Where information needs to be recorded the user will see M symbol next to the section Note Prior to calibration enter ENGMODE and record the following Gain G Offset values This will allow you to revert the ventilator back to it pre calibrated state if required Gain and Offset for the 1 PSI and 2 5 PSI pressure transducers Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Forward jet Gain and CMV Offset for the Mean jet Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Reverse jet Insp leading Edge Fast Slow rise time and F S Balance Exp leading Edge Fast Slow rise time and F S Balance V Use the table at the back of Appendix 1 14 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration a Check all tubing connections are fully home in their fittings b Check that the oxygen fuel cell is properly located finger tight and that its electrical connector is mounted on an adhesive clip c Check that the electrical connections to the high speed valves are screwed on tightly finger tight d Check the pneumatic harness with particular attention to the connections to the 25 way D type connectors the pressure transducer and the oxygen cell e Ensure that the exhalation block can be removed and relocated easily and that the nozzle assemblies jet blo
184. ists the parameters that are transmitted to the VueLink system ID Name Range Units Description SPI View Select able in able Task trend Window able 1 SAWRR 0 to 150 rpm Set respiratory rate This is the same as Y Y the set BPM rate In HFO only mode this value is set to 0 2 sInsTi 0 10 to 3 00 sec Set inspiratory time Same as the set Ti In Y Y HFO only mode this value is set to 0 3 sHFVRR 3 0t0 20 0 Hz Set high frequency ventilation respiratory Y Y rate This is the same as the set HFO rate In non HFO modes this value is set to 0 4 AWRR 0 to 255 rpm Measured respiratory rate Same as the Y Y BPM total display except for HFO only mode when it is set to 0 5 PEEP 175 to 175 mbar This is the measured PEEP In HFO only Y Y mode it indicates the minimum pressure 6 InstTi 0 to 12 75 Sec Measured Inspiratory time Same as the Y Y measured Ti In HFO mode only this is set to 0 7 TVex 0 to 999 9 ml Measured expiratory volume Same as Vte Y Y on the display Only available with a flow sensor 8 PIP 0 to 175 mbar This is the measured PIP In HFO only Y Y mode it indicates the maximum pressure 9 FIO 2 0 to 100 This is the measured FiO value Y Y 10 TVin 0 to 999 9 ml Measured inspiratory volume Only Y Y available with a flow sensor 11 HFVAm 0 to 175 mbar High frequency ventilation amplitude Y Y Measures the difference between maximum and minimum HFO pressures 12 MnAwP 175t
185. it top cover on before calibrating the reverse jet pressure regulators machine must be on for at least half an hour a Set up the ventilator to HFO mode and set the following parameters Set the Mean to 0 mbar HFO Controls Set the Delta P to 20 mbar Set Mean HFO rate to 5Hz 0 mbar Set Delta P 20 mbar Set HFO Rate 5 Hz 5 En b Increase the Forward and Reverse HFO Forward Jet Settings Reverse Jet Settings Offsets to achieve the set pressures Si ignore transient overshoots ap pe c Ensure the mean remains at zero HFO Offset TP HFO Offset Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar 306 0 d Set the delta p to 150 and adjust the GMM Oust y ali reverse gain if necessary to achieve the set 623 IL 0 pressure e Ensure that the mean remains at zero Acceptable tolerance 5 mbar f Ensure a minimum delta P of 168 mbar can be achieved Acceptable tolerance 32 mbar Check list Item 12 Record of Pressure Regulator Calibration Constants Page 155 SLE 15 9 Time Constant for pressure measurement waveform Set the Mean to 0 mbar uum Set the Delta P to 40 mbar Set Mean 4p HFO rate to 5Hz eS E Set Delta P Y E mbar Set HFO Rate 5 Hz Starting with the P Meas Filter set at 255 reduce it until the transient overshoot on the positive cycle is in range of 25 mbar 1 mbar T Gy P Meas Filter Y v Check list
186. l A Page 275 Page 276 5 Ventilator assembly Figure 1 Sheet 1 of 5 View A Model A 15 25 A 20 E 35 gt A 40 7 DET 45 60 0 A gg 60A P DI d a 60B D AS 20 d e ca 65A 55 A 85 75 View B 85A 80 70 80A Ventilator assembly Figure 1 Sheet 2 of 5 Model A Page 277 Ventilator assembly Figure 1 Sheet 4 of 5 Page 279 Model A Ventilator assembly Figure 1 Sheet 5 of 5 Page 280 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 1 1 L5000 Infant Ventilator Model A A RF For UK market 1A L5000 01 Infant Ventilator Model A B RF For European market 1B L5000 10 Infant Ventilator Model A C RF For Japanese market 5 N6622 Exhalation Block Assy 1 10 N21866 01 Silencer Long 1 15 T1267 Moulding Case rear 1 Attaching Parts 20 H4116 Screw M4 x 16mm 5 25 H4095 Washer nylon M4 5 30 T1266 Label air vent A 1 35 T1276 Label battery disconnect A 1 40 T1305 Label RS232 A 1 45 P0407 01 Cap RS232 port 1 50 T1195 Cover plate Oxygen cell 1 Attaching Parts 55 H4208 Screw M4 x 8mm 2 60 M0255 07 Mains Cable 13A moulded sq pin plug A 1 IEC BS 1363 A 60A M0255 06 Mains Cable Schuko B RF IEC socket 60B P0454 03 Mains Cable Nema C RF 5 15P Plug IEC Socket Attaching Parts 65 T1242 Clamp Cable A 1 65A T1242 01 Clamp Cable B
187. l WILL NOT BE ADVISED cieg L sel oe el s n 100n 1005 100 5V Control l otal alg um iff zT 8388 com avo 977 3335 con an Se DI us qe we 65 7 d 2 m SCLK PE cm pro re lt a aps 64 93 us 3 pe dcn ud nCE SMEM 3 p Pii Tx Qo ap 63 D pe s decoupler SIN 5 ca PL3 RXDI as ans 2 P9 Ds 5 Da C73 for use sur 5 cap pia n Qe ans L Pe D4 S ps 1005 XL 00 Ps me on any 59 97 D 7 pe SY e pis ns eeo ag 46 P 26 27 EL eoi m4 eap ao 4749 De 21 pe SL an p7 awe Pez mio 48 AO ae pez an 49 AL lc RD 22 e37 rD pes Ala 50 ae oc AUR al PIO WR ces ag SIN EL ess 17 xax pes aig 55 Mi 74HC573 KI eso TO een ats 55 55 mataro gt 029 nm eso are Le BE 5 exo o eas m7 S i 14 cap txDo pes aie 2852 45V Control RXD Cs P3 0 RXDO Pan ais XL po 40 ceo E as tar CANCIA P5 0 CANOTX an ce t m 30 ces cANORX az ced 42 s 10 ao a l wu gt GANRE 29 P5 2 CANIRX pao ced Ay a SA OE npe i CANI 28 P53 caniTx ALE zu AB spre ge me asen E SS osi sa pee FECE XE ese Pero DSe0c390 INC efu pa 5 e LE eso pcer ui 3 as EN SEH eso pcee esta LEY Reset oy de 4 46 E pete 75 KE P5 7 PCES est L si ez sla 7 jalo _ 8 25 as 3 inte A9 24 9 ES 39 ALO 21 mo 3 2382 x iz Alea au 57 Control 866 GT 22 fie 2 ae decoupler Jaga ele RR A13 26 a13 E c74 for U33 358 A14 1f asje x 100n 2 na 12MHz n0E_EEPROMI 20 Ed NRD_PSEN ce TE x4 __H AVR C76 Ez pe 33p 773
188. l dimensions are in millimeters Page 382 Model A ircuit Diagram Loom Ci In Mai 31 ENS Es Xg 02nsc EELA FOTI CENTY XET 0EnSd X8 onsd Xe omnsa XZI 08nSd 202 028 gt ENS BSD Is ENI CEE IVd CILSIML 28H JDANS ILNY AB3IIVE 333 1060W aa 39NV30 EIX vE99N 62E0m ngala CAVA 6 Tr 19LOY J 920m FEEOA WOOT WOOT TEEOM fim waa LIA Ti Gas Ee S32 3 T d DINT Ed BANTI dn Lar I j3u 20 9z0v seta E Sar Sar e T AWA SE NOgala 3333299299998 QGIIVd CALSIAL 338 060W S3 v3ds 333 1E 00 HOLIMS AM3LIVG 7TIDMINDO NOLLVOISICON co vIVI 1898 020 al seeonaa F e ILLE ML I ITE TES 1 oN TddYy diva SSI COW ETE ELT 318 S 07 379NW SAYINS y eosost t 7oteoo d dU AlN3d Md 3Hl SI NI 383H 3NIVINUO SOF WHIN3D Bron NDGADNO HINOS 133HS S3EWON ONIMVAC 0 90 S2 2 Y880NJ LAHI NOLLVWBOJNI 3HL CNY LNIWNODG SIHL F XXX
189. l drifting with age 20 1 One point or 100 Oxygen system calibration The user can carry out a one point calibration of the system by accessing the oxygen senor calibration Ventilation Off panel from the services panel from the user Calibrate Oxygen Sensor interface When calibrating ensure that the ventilator is connected to both an air and oxygen wall supply The ventilator can be connected to a patient for this Calibration takes about 4 minutes No readings are available during calibration this time The FiO measured value will read CALIB in the e FiO parameter control until the routine is complete 20 2 Two point or 21 amp 100 Oxygen system calibration G Note Only qualified service personnel should carry out the following two l point calibration The two point calibration process can be started via two controls The first is through the user interface from the Monitor Services panel Ventilation Off Monitor Services Two point 02 Calibration Monitor Software Non Isol 128 Monitor Software Isol 105 D Page 230 Model A gt gt The second through the engineering mode software from the O amp Flow System Calibration screen Start 02 System Calibration Start Flow System Calibration Warning The user must not carry out the two point calibration whilst connected to a patient The Calibration process will deliver 21 O to the patient for 7 minutes Warning
190. le pressure sources Set the ventilator to CMV Gas inlet pressures to 4 Bar BPM 60 Insp Time 0 5 PIP 30 mbar PEEP 0 mbar b Ensure there are no current alarm conditions c Disconnect the air supply and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm is activated d Reconnect the air and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm clears e Disconnect oxygen supply and ensure that the No O Supply alarm is activated f Reconnect the oxygen and ensure that the No O Supply alarm clears v Check list Item 15 Model A Page 139 14 14 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air for 1 hour prior to carrying out the verification Using a calibrated oxygen analyser check the accuracy of the blender and the oxygen measurement throughout the range at the following ventilator mode settings a Set the ventilator to CPAP mode CPAP set to 0 Set Oxygen concentration Lower Limit Upper limit 21 20 24 30 27 33 40 37 43 50 47 53 60 57 63 70 67 73 80 717 83 90 87 93 100 97 100 v Check list Item 16 Page 140 Model A O V3 V3 1 V3 2 SLE 14 15 Soak Test After a complete calibration the ventilator should be soaked tested for 50 hours to ensure normal operation The soak test is divide into to halves 25 hours in HFO mode and 25 hours in CMV Connect gas to the ventil
191. lete functional tests must be carried out After calibration and functional testing carry out a full electrical safety test Model A Page 109 9 SLE 13 7 48 month overhaul procedure using N9010 48 overhaul kit The overhaul of the electronic unit follows the same procedure as that of a 24 month overhaul 13 7 1 Pneumatic unit 48 month overhaul procedure Note Replace any tubing deemed to be brittle damaged or discoloured Tubing should be removed and replaced as the item it is attached to is removed from the pnuematic unit 13 7 2 Removal of the partition assembly Replacement of the fresh gas supply solenoid SV7 speed controller FR1 and pressure relief valve PRV1 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the four screws and washers A retaining the partition assembly B 2 Gently release the assembly So access the tubing 3 Disconnect the tube connected to FR1 C 4 Disconnect the tube connected to SV7 D 5 Disconnect the fresh gas tube connected to the SV7 bypass mounting block E 6 Remove the partition assembly B from the pneumatic unit Page 110 Model A 7 Remove the two screws F nuts G and washers H securing the SV7 solenoid assembly to the bulkhead 8 Detach the SV7 solenoid valve from the two bypass mounting block assemblies I and J as shown Remove the elbow tube connector K 9 Replace the solenoid valve 10 Replace the Speed contr
192. lete item For Serial N 51010 to 51084 Page 312 Model A Fi cn SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 4 600 M0856 Clamp cable tie 605 M0305 10 Spacer Nylon 12mm long Attaching Parts 610 H3220 Screw M3 x 20mm 615 H3093 Washer M3 620 L5000 04 620 Screen Mounting Plate Obsolete item Use item 710 For Serial N 51010 to 51569 625 T1310 Tie Bar Attaching Parts 630 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 635 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 640 L0011 60 Dampener Assembly Obsolete item Use item 340A For Serial N 51010 to 51332 640A L0011 Dampener Assembly For Serial N 51333 onwards 645 M0434 Cable tie Attaching Parts 650 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 655 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 660 L5000 04 660 Fan assembly For Serial N 51700 onwards See items 676 678 Attaching Parts 665 H3908 Screw Skt Cap M3 x 8mm 670 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 676 M0902 01 Fan cooling 677 P0448 03 Plug 678 M0309 01 Sleeve 20mm Model A Page 313 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 4 680 T1253 Spacer 2 Obsolete item For Serial N 51010 to 51163 680A M0305 29 Spacer 2 For Serial N 51164 onwards Attaching Parts 685 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 690 M0856 Clamp cable tie 1 695 M0305 10 Spacer Nylon 12mm long 1
193. lter Value XL 16 10 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase a Set up the ventilator to CMV mode emv and set the following parameters BPM to 25 Insp time to 1 5 sec Set the PIP control to 20 mbar Set the PEEP to 0 Vspotinne CMY Controls 25 Secs b Using the insp leading edge adjustment controls shape the EIC EQ leading edge to produce a square response Fast Rise Time 0 H Starting with the insp leading edge calibration values for the fast and slow rise times set to zero and the F S balance set Slow Rise Time to 255 0 Increase the fast rise time until the pressure waveform does not dip below the plateau dela 0 Increase the slow rise time to minimise the initial spike probably somewhere between 10 and 20 Decrease the F S balance until the waveform is square Page 174 Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE c Using the insp trailing edge adjustment controls shape the trailing edge to reduce overshoot d Increase the exp leading edge slow rise time control to Exp Leading Edge minimize the overshoot on the fall waveshape ae RSE Slow Rise Time 0 F S Balance 0 16 11 O System Calibration Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air for 1 hour prior to carrying out the O system calibration Connect the oxygen supply Press start the O System Calibration button This takes about 6 minutes the system will i
194. m Action Check patient Adjust ventilation parameters or alarm threshold Alarm 43 Low Min Volume Alarm message Low min volume Alarm sub message Minute volume below low threshold Priority of ala Minis 43 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description Minute volumes that are lower than the user selected thresholds generate this alarm Action Check patient Check patient circuit amp water trap Adjust ventilation parameters or alarm threshold Model A Page 247 Alarm 44 Breath Not Detected Alarm message Breath not detected Alarm sub message Check patient connection Priority of alarm 44 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If after a machine delivered breath the ventilator does not detect a patient response within 10 seconds then this alarm is generated Action Check patient Check patient circuit amp ET tube Alarm 45 Apnoea Volume Alarm message Apnoea Alarm sub message Period between br
195. m Leak alarm Battery fault Battery low Continuing positive pressure Pressure sensor drift Isolate system error Flow ADC unable to calibrate Serial communication error Flow sensor defect Clean flow sensor Flow sensor not connected Unable to calibrate flow sensor Flow sensor not calibrated User interface failure Patient Leak Pressure change detected Mains failure Fresh gas solenoid fail Oxygen too high Oxygen too low Oxygen cell not connected Oxygen cell needs calibrating Oxygen cell needs replacing Oxygen calibration failure Monitor Display comms fail Alarm controller failure Complete power fail 23 5 Patient circuits Volume of 10mm patient circuit without humidifying chamber 400ml Resistance of 10mm circuit with 5 L min fresh gas flow 0 3mbar as measured from patient manifold to atmosphere Page 266 Model A 23 6 Outputs Analogue Digital Input Outputs Available parameters For more details refer to the RS232 addendum Contact SLE for more details Compatability with Model A SLE None Serial Port IBM AT compatible serial port 9 pin DSub RS 232C Set BPM Set CPAP level Set Tidal Volume Set Insp Time Set PIP Set FIO Set HFO Delta P Set HFO Mean Set HFO Rate Ventilation Mode TTV Status Set Termination Sensitivity Set Breath Trigger level Set Breath Trigger threshold Set Waveshape value Set Patient Leak alarm value Set Apnoea alarm value Set Low Pres
196. m No Air or O alarm Alarm Message No Air No Oxygen Possible Cause Gas supplies connected but Air and Oxygen supplies below 4bar Remedy Increase input pressure to 4bar Calibration of input pressure regulators required Model A Page 219 16 Symptom Battery fault alarm Alarm Message Battery Fault Possible Cause Batteries have no charge Ventilator was turned off and on again in very short period of time The internal battery has failed or the power supply has developed a fault Remedy Charge batteries Turn the ventilator off wait minimum of 5 seconds before turning on again Check in line fuse 10A on battery wiring harness Check connections on batteries Replace batteries Replace power supply 17 Symptom Pressure sensor drift alarm Alarm Message Pressure Sensor Drift Possible Cause A pressure sensor transducer has failed an internal system check Remedy Re calibrate the ventilator Replace Transducer PCB assembly See A0761 Transducer PCB Assembly on page 43 18 Symptom System fail alarm Alarm Message System Fail with one of the following sub messages Monitor Isolated System fail or Monitor Error Comms or Monitor Isol System Fail or Unable to calibrate flow ADC or Alarm controller Fail Possible Cause Hardware fault in the monitor subsystem or fault in the monitor CAN link Remedy Check the CAN card ribbon cable Replace the control monitor board Page 220 M
197. m panel of the alarm notification Model A Page 193 Step 29 Step 30 Step 31 Page 194 17 1 12 Gas supply alarms Warning Disconnect the gas supplies from the wall outlet only DO NOT unscrew the hose connections from the rear of the ventilator Disconnect Air supply from wall outlet an audible visual alarm should be activated Air supply hose Reconnect Air Supply the alarm should cancel AL ese iat ajust Disconnect Os supply from wall outlet an audible visual alarm should be activated O supply hose x i Disconnect Air supply from wall outlet again The No Gas audible visual alarm should be activated Reconnect O supply the alarm should cancel Reconnect Air Supply the alarm should cancel Note The patient circuit under certain conditions can pressurize the internal fresh gas pressure transducer causing it register a pressure of between 0 1 to 1 mbar In this case the disconnection of both the Air and O supplies will trigger a leaking fresh gas alarm The user should note that the PEEP and PIP will drop to zero Model A 17 1 13 Flow sensor disconnect alarm Step 32 v1 17 1 14 Cycle Fail Alarm Step 33 Model A Note If functional testing without the flow sensor advance to Step 33 Disconnect the flow sensors plug from the ventilator an audible visual alarm should be activated RSI RA IAA AL reser ise J asjust Press the Continue with
198. me and F S Balance Exp leading Edge Fast Slow rise time and F S Balance Use the table at the back of Appendix 1 16 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration a Check all tubing connections are fully home in their fittings b Check that the oxygen fuel cell is properly located finger tight and that its electrical connector is mounted on an adhesive clip c Check that the electrical connections to the high speed valves are screwed on tightly finger tight d Check the pneumatic harness with particular attention to the connections to the 25 way D type connectors the pressure transducer and the oxygen cell e Ensure that the exhalation block can be removed and relocated easily and that the nozzle assemblies jet blocks and O rings correctly fitted orange coloured f Ensure duckbill non return valves are fitted to the 05 and air intakes by directly connecting a hose between the air and oxygen regulator outputs Apply air and disconnect the air supply hose to prove there is no leak and then reconnect and check the oxygen supply hose for no leak g Check for leaks in the pneumatic system Model A O V4 V4 1 SLE 16 2 Pneumatic set up a Connect the ventilator to gas supplies at 4 bar b Set the air and oxygen input pressure regulators PR1 amp PR2 to 40 psi 0 1 psi c Set the oxygen regulator to 40 psi 0 1 psi Tighten the tension nut to lock the spindle in position ensure that the pressu
199. mory Model A Warning IC s mounted directly to the U23 and 33 cannot be used with either adaptor IC s mounted via the adaptors cannot be connected directly to the board Connection of the devices incorrectly will cause them to fail 10 2 A0763 02 board progammable devices The A0763 02 board is divided into two sections a the monitor side and b the control side The monitor section is divided into a further two sections c monitor isolated and d monitor non islolated 1 Pr lid z co ai e poe com 20 fi B i T 1 un R67 ua co see i fm ote erepta 41 h cnsto hadog fp OOO Rr Eo aunt OOOO Ungu SA S0 30 00 00 pgg OOO bolo o0aho fdo dagg ER a c pgo d 00 st UI mi L Cons Ur a que as Ce wey Creo ae Jas B 9 ISOLATION SECTION oe n Ne as a aj 311 Qro SH mia Cost zy Ta p Ld Ru On the A0763 02 board there are six programmable devices These devices are 1 U23 monitor software non isolated IC 2 U25 monitor non isolated PAL 3 U9 monitor software isolated IC 4 U14 monitor isolated PAL 5 U33 controller software IC 6 U34 controller PAL e Note On early versions of the A0763 02 board some of the PAL devices are Ga soldered to the board rather than socketed Model A Page 75 O SLE 10 3 A0763 02 Board Hardware Identifier The A0763 02 board has a group of resistors that allow the so
200. n PIP Pressure Setting column of the table below k Re enter sensor calibration screen and check that the sensor readings at 1 and 2 5 psi agree with Calibration Analyser within the set tolerance PIP Pressure Setting 1 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 1 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar PIP Pressure Setting 2 5 PSI sensor Tolerance 60 1 mbar 30 1 mbar 10 1 mbar Note The set values may not correspond with the Calibration Analyser Reading Model A Page 149 SLE 15 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration a Connecta Y piece with a variable restrictor to the fresh gas port and monitor generated pressure with the calibration analyser b Enter Sensor Calibration screen and set the Block and Leak Gain to 3336 and Offset to 220 c Return to the Jet Calibration screen d Set up the ventilator to CMV mode i Set HFO Rate 3 Set all other controls to zero HFO Controls Block amp Leak Gain 4 3336 X Leak P 0 mbar Offset i 220 8 CMY Controls Set BPM 0 Set Insp Time 0 00 Secs Set PIP T 0 i ERE i e gt e Adjust the restrictor to set a pressure of 140 mbar on the calibration analyser f Adjust Block and Leak pressure sensor gain until the sensor reading and the calibration analyser agree Acceptable tolerance 1 mbar g Remove the tube from th
201. n procedure is to be used in conjunction with a checklist The checklist is used to record the calibration values set during the procedure This checklist will be become part of the service record of the ventilator A template checklist which should be copied is to be found in Appendix 1 of this manual on page 401 Where information needs to be recorded the user will see M symbol next to the section Note Prior to calibration enter ENGMODE and record the following Gain Offset values This will allow you to revert the ventilator back to it pre calibrated state if required Gain and Offset for the 1 PSI and 2 5 PSI pressure transducers Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Forward jet Gain and CMV Offset for the Mean jet Gain HFO Offset and CMV Offset for the Reverse jet Insp leading Edge Fast Slow rise time and F S Balance Exp leading Edge Fast Slow rise time and F S Balance Use the table at the back of Appendix 1 15 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration a Check all tubing connections are fully home in their fittings b Check that the oxygen fuel cell is properly located finger tight and that its electrical connector is mounted on an adhesive clip c Check that the electrical connections to the high speed valves are screwed on tightly finger tight d Check the pneumatic harness with particular attention to the connections to the 25 way D type connectors the pressure transducer and the oxygen cell
202. ndicate when calibration is finished v Check list Item 13 Wave Shape calibration 16 12 Flow System Calibration The flow system is a factory set system and requires an ETU 2 16 13 Pressure Triggering Verification Fit a patient circuit with a test lung Check that the pressure trigger operates in PTV mode with no flow sensor connected Vv Check list Item 14 Model A Page 175 Page 176 16 14 Gas Fail Detection Verification a With the air and oxygen hoses connected to separately controllable pressure sources Set the ventilator to CMV Gas inlet pressures to 4 Bar BPM 60 Insp Time 0 5 PIP 30 mbar PEEP 0 mbar b Ensure there are no current alarm conditions c Disconnect the air supply and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm is activated d Reconnect the air and ensure that the No Air Supply alarm clears e Disconnect oxygen supply and ensure that the No O Supply alarm is activated f Reconnect the oxygen and ensure that the No O Supply alarm clears Check list Item 15 Model A O SLE V4 VA 1 16 15 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification Ensure that the ventilator has been turned on and connected to air for 1 hour prior to carrying out the verification Using a calibrated oxygen analyser check the accuracy of the blender and the oxygen measurement throughout the range at the following ventilator mode settings a Set the ventilator to CPAP mode
203. ndows will be replaced by i Ea the Breath Trigger Level bar preat Mure Sensitivity js uch bar to enable adjustment NO FLOW SENSOR Remove the test lung and connect the ET manifold to the calibration analyser Check that the analsyer reads 5 mbar Increase the CPAP pressure to 10 mbar Verify that the readings correspond return the CPAP pressure to 5 mbar Re fit the test lung to the ET manifold Pull the test lung to mimic a breath then acknowledge and reset the alarm Verify that after 20 seconds the visual and audible Apnoea alarm is triggered A ese tise J ajust Pull the test lung to mimic a breath then acknowledge and reset the alarm Verify that a manual breath is delivered when the manual breath button is pressed Press the Apnoea Setup button on the Mode Panel The Apnoea Settings panel will now be CPAP displayed Apnoea Settings Set Apnoea detection after 10 seconds Backup Breathe Set the Backup Breaths button to ON SI Press the Return DD button to return to the a mode panel Model A Step 15 Step 16 Step 17 Model A O SLE Pull the test lung to mimic a breath then acknowledge and reset the alarm Verify that after 10 seconds that the ventilator delivers a backup breath and the visual and audible Apnoea alarm is triggered A nee toe J ajust Note Functional testing with a flow sensor but with the patient circuit occlud
204. ne Length 145mm 1 85 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 46mm 1 90 M0433 01 Cable tie base 2 95 M0434 Cable tie 2 Model A Page 369 Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 11 100 T1238 Connector fresh gas 1 102 T1238 01 Restrictor 1 102A N9053 Restrictor assembly Service option Attaching parts 105 N6604 05 Tube connector tee 1 110 H1093 Nut M10 1 115 H1091 Washer M10 1 120 T1172 Connector proximal airway 1 Attaching parts 125 N6604 05 Tube connector tee 1 130 H1093 Nut M10 1 135 H1091 Washer M10 1 140 L5000 011 Solenoid valve assembly 1 140 See items 190 195 Attaching parts 145 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 150 N6600 05 Tube connector stud male 2 155 T1173 Connector oxygen dump 2 Attaching parts 160 H8091 Nut M8 2 165 H8093 Washer shakeproof M8 2 170 N6601 05 Tube connector elbow 1 Obsolete item For serial number 51010 to 51631 175 T1173 Connector oxygen dump 1 Attaching parts 180 H8093 Nut M8 1 185 H8091 Washer shakeproof M8 1 190 N6625 01 Solenoid valve mixer 1 195 N6601 05 Tube connector elbow 3 Page 370 Model A Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 11 200 11237 Block fixing Attaching parts 205 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 210 N6630 Catch magnetic Attaching parts 215 H3210 Scre
205. nifold block 1 75B N6623 S38 4 Manifold block 1 80 T1246 Bracket 1 85 N6600 18 Tube Connector stud male 2 Attaching Parts 90 H3216 ocrews M3 x 16mm 2 95 H3091 Nut M3 2 100 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 110 L5000 08 110 Solenoid valve assembly 1 See items 135 140 115 L5000 08 115 Pressure regulator amp manifold assembly 1 See items 150 165 Attaching Parts 120 H3908 ocrews M3 x 8mm 2 125 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 130 N6624 Solenoid valve in line 4 135 N6606 05 Adaptor stem 8 140 L5000 08 140 Loom HFO module 1 145 L5000 08 145 Manifold assembly 1 See items 200 240 150 L5000 08 150 Pressure regulator assembly N 1 amp 2 2 See items 170 195 155 T1166 Mounting bracket 1 Attaching Parts 160 H3106 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 165 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Model A Page 351 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 170 N6623 1 Pressure regulator Piezo 2 Obsolete item Use item 170B This device can only be used with version 3 to 3 2 software 170A N6623 33 1 Pressure regulator Piezo 2 Obsolete item Use item 170B This device can only be used with version 3 3 software onwards 170B N6623 838 1 Pressure regulator Piezo 2 This device can only be used with version 3 3 software onwards 175 N6623 2 Manifold block 2 175A N6623 33 2 Manifold block 2
206. nnect the following cables 10 CAN card link ribbon cable controller side F P3 11 CAN card link ribbon cable controller side G JP3 12 Power supply connector controller side main loom H P4 13 Controller to A0761 transducer assembly ribbon cable 1 P5 14 Conventional valve drive ribbon cable J P6 15 Analogue valve drive ribbon cable K P7 16 Alarm sounder cable main loom L JP5 17 Battery power supply sensing connector main loom M JP9 18 Controller to A0761 transducer assembly connector N JP7 19 O cell connector O JP8 20 Power supply connector monitor side main loom P JP6 21 Flow sensor connector Q JP4 22 The control and monitor board can now be removed Page 104 Model A 13 5 4 Removal of the Backup Batteries 1 Disconnect all the battery terminal leads 2 Remove the four retaining screws for the first two battery Qe 4 blocks a 3 Remove the two batteries 4 Remove the two fixing screws and washers A securing the fixing bracket B for the third battery 5 Slide the battery forward and lift clear 6 Remove the two fixing screws to release the bracket from the battery block Model A Page 105 9 SLE 7 Remove the two screws retaining the bracket to the battery 8 Reversing the procedure for replacement of the batteries re install all the electronic module components 9 Carry out the follo
207. o 175 mbar Measured Mean Airway Pressure Y Y 13 MV 0 to 99 99 Measured minute volume Only available Y Y with a flow sensor 14 Cdyn 0 to 25 5 ml Measured dynamic compliance Same as Y Y mbar Compl on the display Only available with a flow sensor Set to zero in HFO modes Page 426 Model A 15 Rdyn 0 to 999 9 mbar l Measured dynamic resistance Same as Y v S resist on the display Only available with a flow sensor Set to zero in HFO modes 16 Leak 0 to 100 Patient leak Only available with a flow Y Y sensor 17 Trig 0 to 255 Trig This is the same as the Trigger value It Y Y min display the number of breath triggers in the last minute It is set to oin HFO modes 18 sPEEP 0 to 35 mbar Set PEEP Same as the set PEEP on the x Y display Set to zero in HFO only mode 19 sTV 3 to 200 ml Set tidal volume Set to zero in HFO x v modes 20 sPIP 0 to 65 mbar Set PIP Set to zero in HFO only mode x Y 21 sFIO_2 0 to 100 Set FiO value x Y 22 sHFVAm 0 to 180 mbar Set HFO amplitude Set to zero in non x v HFO modes 23 sMeanP 0 to 35 mbar Set Mean pressure Set to zero in non x v HFO modes and set to the PEEP setting in combined mode 24 C20 C 0 to 25 5 ratio Measured C20 C Only available with a x x flow sensor Set to zero in HFO modes 25 sMode ident 1 OFF x v 2 CPAP 3 CMV
208. o alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Alarm 33 Flow Monitor Flow Sensor Defect Alarm message Faulty Flow Sensor Alarm sub message Flow sensor defective Priority of alarm 33 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If one of the flow sensor wires break this alarm is generated Action Replace and discard the defective flow sensor Alarm 34 Clean Flow Sensor Alarm message Clean flow sensor Alarm sub message Flow sensor contaminated Priority of alarm 34 Monitor mode Flow Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority Medium Alarm Description If the measured flow is gt 15LPM for 3 5 seconds this alarm is generated Action Recalibrate or replace with clean flow sensor Page 244 Model A Alarm 35 Connect Flow Sensor Alarm message Connect flow sensor Alarm sub message Flow sensor is not connected Priority of alarm 35 Monitor mode
209. odel A SLE 19 Symptom Faulty flow sensor alarm Alarm Message Faulty flow sensor Possible Cause A flow sensor heated wire has broken Faulty flow sensor cable Loose connection in flow sensor wiring harness Defective control monitor board Remedy Replace flow sensor Replace flow sensor cable Inspect flow sensor wiring harness Replace the control monitor board 20 Symptom User interface failure alarm Alarm Message User interface failure Possible Cause Internal hardware reset has occurred Remedy Re start the ventilator 21 Symptom Fresh gas solenoid fail alarm Alarm Message Fresh Gas Solenoid Fail Possible Cause Block and leak pressure transducer out of calibration Fresh gas solenoid fail Remedy Calibrate block and leak pressure transducer Replace fresh gas solenoid SV7 See N2195 16 Fresh Gas Bypass Valve SV7 on page 58 Model A Page 221 22 Symptom Monitor display comms fail alarm Alarm Message Monitor display comms fail Possible Cause Hardware fault in the monitor subsystem or fault in the monitor CAN link Remedy Check the CAN card ribbon cable Replace the control monitor board 23 Symptom High Patient Leak alarm Alarm message High Patient Leak Possible Cause Flow sensor just within specification Remedy Replace flow sensor 24 Symptom Ventilator locking up on power up Start up routine does not progress beyond SLE logo Possible Ca
210. of the inlet air regulator PR1 1 Remove the Oxygen cell A if still fitted 2 Disconnect the following tubes Oxygen cell to overboard dump B Air inlet to 40PSI air regulator C 40PSI air regulator to differential pressure transducer D 40PSI air regulator to blender port 1 E 40PSI air regulator to manifold F S ig Di 7 AIR Y OXYGEN Ci a 40 PSI 40 PSI O AIA 2 Using a spanner remove the pneumatic fitting G 3 Remove the two screws and washers H to release the Oxygen cell manifold I Note The Oxygen cell manifold should be removed with the tube J attached 4 Remove the two screws and washers K 6 The 40PSI air regulator can now be removed from the Pneumatic unit 7 Remove the bracket from the old regulator and attach to the replacement regulator Page 114 Model A 13 7 5 Removal of the inlet oxygen regulator PR2 1 Disconnect the following tubes gt o c a A X 40PSI oxygen regulator to SV8 A 40PSI oxygen regulator to blender O inlet B SV8 to O cell C tube complete with restrictor and elbow paran
211. oller FR1 L using a spanner to undo the base nut 11 Replace the pressure relief valve PRV1 M 12 Reassemble the partition assembly and place to one side Model A Page 111 9 SLE 13 Disconnect the following tubes Fresh gas monitoring tube N Proximal airway monitoring tube O Blender port 3 to mixing chamber tube P Blender port 4 to mixing chamber tube Q Mixing chamber to SV8 tube R Manifold to air regulator tube S 14 Disconnect the electrical loom connector T x 15 Remove the four screws and washers U 8 UJ retaining the HFO module 16 Remove the module from the pneumatic unit Up T Note The fresh gas and proximal airway tube fittings impede the removal of the module 17 Place the HFO module to one side Page 112 Model A 13 7 3 Removal of the Blender Assembly Location in pneumatic unit 1 Disconnect the two mixing chamber tubes A 2 Disconnect the PR1 tube B 3 Disconnect the PR2 tube C 4 Disconnect the electrical connectors from SV8 D 5 Disconnect the electrical connectors from SV7 E 6 Disconnect the blender loom connector from the bulk head F 7 Remove the two shake proof nuts washers and O rings G The blender can now be removed Note Ensure that the rubber sleeves H remain on the blender support studs Model A Page 113 SLE 13 7 4 Removal
212. on 3 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 121203 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 128 Monitor software Isol 105 Version 3 2 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 270105 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 130 Monitor software Isol 105 Version 3 3 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 230305 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 28 Controller checksum 89 Monitor software Non Isol 132 Monitor software Isol 107 Version 4 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 181005 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 30 Controller checksum 185 Monitor software Non Isol 135 Monitor software Isol 108 Version 4 1 software breakdown as displayed on version information panel Display subsystem 170306 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 31 Controller checksum 109 Monitor software Non Isol 136 Monitor software Isol 109 Version 4 1 1software breakdown as displayed on version information panel For ventilators SN 51734 onwards Display subsystem 170306 4 Controller Hardware 2 Controller Software 31 Controller checksum 109 Monitor software Non Isol 136 Monitor software Isol 110
213. ons OFF The button should then display the word E Ventilator must be ON act restarten verore nes E Waveform display sync OFF e Step 46 Verify that M In the waveform window the waveforms should be displayed starting at the left hand edge of the window Step 47 Set the Waveform display sync to OFF M Verify that In the waveform windows the waveforms should be displayed starting anywhere in the window Press the Return dI button twice to return to the Mode panel Model A Page 201 Step 48 From the mode select panel press the TTV button i Skip Step 48 to Step 52 if functional testing CMV without a flow sensor DN MV Step 49 Turn on the Volume limiting by pressing the button marked OFF The text in the button will change to CMV ON Targeted Tidal volume Volume Targeting is Press the Return button to return to the Mode Panel when ON the p be truncated if S been delivere Step 50 The Tidal Vol parameter will now appear e Note The PIP parameter control changes to the MAX PIP parameter control l when volume limiting is turned on Page 202 Model A Step 51 Step 52 Step 53 Model A Set a Tidal volume of 8ml and a Max PIP of 30mbar Verify that Pressure The displayed waveform changes showing a rise in flow with a sharp cut off Turn off the volume limiting Press the Mode Select button and select PSV from the Mode Select panel
214. ority High Alarm Description At power up pressure time constant data in EEPROM corrupt Action Remove ventilator from service Alarm 10 Controller Failure Alarm message Controller Failure Alarm sub message Controller has reset unexpectedly Priority of alarm ees 10 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description If a command could not be sent to the alarm generator this message is produced Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Page 236 Model A Alarm 11 Continuing Positive Pressure Alarm message Continuing positive pressure Alarm sub message Check patient circuit Priority of alarm 11 Monitor mode AII Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator detects a increase of 5mbar above the PEEP that is maintained for more than 10 seconds this alarm is generated Action Check patient Check patient circuit Alarm 12 High Pressure Alarm message
215. out flow button When the SLE5000 ventilator is used with out a flow sensor a Cycle Fail alarm threshold becomes active in the pressure waveform window Pressure gt F N gt Set the High alarm threshold to 30mbar Set the Low alarm threshold to bmbar Increase the alarm setting so that alarm cursor line is above peak pressure wave on the screen This will initiate an audible and visual CYCLE FAIL alarm A nee ie J ajust Return alarm setting to within the pressure wave audible alarm should self cancel Press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification Decrease the alarm setting so that alarm cursor line is below pressure wave on the screen This will initiate an audible and visual CYCLE FAIL alarm Return alarm setting to within the pressure wave audible alarm should self cancel Page 195 2 SLE v Press the reset button to clear the alarm panel of the alarm notification Step 34 Reconnect the flow sensor and a new audible visual alarm Calibrate Flow Sensor should be activated and replace the Connect Flow Sensor alarm A mese toe J ajust Recalibrate the flow sensor Repeat Step 4 and then advance to Step 35 Step 35 Press the Mode Select button to enter the Mode select panel Step 36 Select HFO Only from the Mode Select panel but do not press the confirm button Advance to Step 37 Page 196 Model A 17 1 15 Functional test of HFO Mode SLE5000 only Step 3
216. ow This allows the patient to be transferred off the system before all power sources are exhausted This also protects the battery from deep discharge damage Page 252 Model A 22 1 Preparation of a new ventilator 22 2 Cleaning and disinfection of an in service ventilator Model A O CAN SLE 22 Cleaning disinfection and sterilization All cleaning disinfection and sterilizing should be carried out under the direction of the appropriate hospital authority DO NOT allow moisture to enter the electronic module or its electrical sockets Electronic malfunction may result DO NOT steam autoclave the ventilator or otherwise subject it to temperatures above 62 C DO NOT immerse any part of the ventilator in any liquid with the exception of the expiratory exhalation block SLE part No N6622 Remove all transit packaging Inspect the fresh gas port and proximal airway port for any packing material Retain packaging for future use Remove the protective film from the touch screen Clean disinfect and sterilize in accordance with the instructions in section 22 2 Remove the inlet air and Os gas port caps Retain for future use Table 1 outlines the areas of the ventilator which can be uniquely cleaned disinfected and sterilized Before cleaning or disinfecting the exterior of the ventilator the following tasks should be performed The mains cable should be disconnected from the mains supply e Remove the pa
217. pressed on the SLE5000 to silence the audible alarm the alarm condition will clear from the SPI display on the VueLink monitor The VueLink monitor will only display unmuted alarms Model A Model A 35 Activation of VueLink VueLink is activated by entering the activation code into the SLE4000 SLE5000 ventilator To access the VueLink activation screen goto the controller services panel within the user interface Enter the code provided by SLE into the ventilator via the controller services panel to display the Ventilation OIT activation screen Controller Services Begin psv is the A button End psv is the B button Monitor Pressures Apnea sup is the C button Elapsed Time 8 Days 18 00 Hrs Record your code here The user will now see the VueLink activation screen Digit 1 o GD ey nep ep ep ep Digit 2 922EIP o Digit 3 WARNING Once VueLink is disabled a Digit 4 new keycode from SLE will be required to ES re enable it Digit 6 STATUS DISABLED Disable Feature Keycode Confirmation The six digit ventilator code is required when activating VueLink This code will be used to generate the activation code for VueLink Note The six digit ventilator code is not reset when the activation screen is exited The user can enter the activation screen any number of times the code will only change when the VueLink option is disabled Page 433 SL
218. preventative maintenance procedure plus the following 13 3 1 Replacement of N2191 10 O Cell 1 Remove the two screws from the cover located on the right hand side of the ventilator When viewed from the front 2 Pull out the cable until the connector is visible Gently pull apart the connector 3 Unscrew the cell counter clockwise until free and discard 4 Replacement of the cell is the reversal of removal 5 In addition to the tests carried out in the previous preventative maintenace procedure carry out a 2 point oxygen calibration routine Page 94 Model A SLE 13 3 2 Replacement of CMOS backup batteries These batteries are fitted to units that have had the CMOS battery backup upgrade 1 Remove the two AA batteries and discard in accordance with local waste authority guidlines 2 Replace the batteries taking care to correctly insert the cells Model A Page 95 This page is intentionally blank Page 96 Model A 24 amp 48 Month Hour Overhaul Model A Page 97 9 SLE 13 4 24 month and 48 month overhaul procedures The ventilator has two overhaul points the first at 24 months or 10 000 hours whichever is sooner and 48 months or 20 000 hours whichever is sooner The 24 month 10 000 hour overhaul consists of the replacement of the following components These components are supplied in the form of an overhaul kit part N N9010 24 Conical filter Qty 2 Part N N2185 06
219. proximal airway tube fittings impede the removal of the module 11 Remove the two screws N 12 Slide the purge regulator PR5 O off the manifold fitting P 13 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup The pneumatic setup procedure is required for this component Page 62 Model A 9 8 N6613 or 03 Purge Regulator PR5 Post Proximal Airway Modification Model A SLE Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the four screws and washers A retaining the partition assembly B 2 Gently release the assembly so access the tubing 3 Disconnect the tube connected to FR1 C 4 Disconnect the tube 33 e 197 Db gt 2 connected to SV7 D Zo x C 5 Disconnect the TAi RA EM fresh gas tube connected to the SV7 bypass mounting block E 6 Remove the partition assembly B from the pneumatic unit T Disconnect the following tubes Fresh gas monitoring tube ro PERS E Ira F Com i ND dci KI sa Proximal airway monitoring a RS a gt z tube G 2 Y S S Blender port 3 to mixing chamber tube H Blender port 4 to mixing chamber tube I Mixing
220. re 5 for detailed breakdown 175A L0280 Pneumatic module assembly Addition of Proximal airway modification See figure 6 for detailed breakdown Attaching Parts 180 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 185 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 Item Not illustrated Model A Page 283 Base plate and side door assembly Figure 2 Page 284 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 2 1 L5000 01 95 Base plate amp side door assembly RF See figure 1 for next highest assembly 5 L5000 02 05 Side Door Assembly 1 See items 25 55 10 T1194 Pneumatic Unit Base Tray 1 Attaching Parts 14 T1252 Plate flap door fixing 2 15 H3098 Screw M3 x 8mm 4 16 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 4 20 M0607 09 Foot rubber 4 25 T1239 Hinge Block 2 30 T1233 Hinge Pin 2 Attaching Parts 35 H9513 Screw Grub M3 x 5mm 2 40 H4094 Washer M4 4 45 T1269 Side Door Moulding 1 50 N6630 01 Keeper Plate 2 Attaching Parts 55 H3206 Screw M3 x 6mm 2 Item Not illustrated Model A Page 285 Front facia assembly Figure 3 Page 286 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 3 1 L5000 02 155 Front facia assembly A RF See figure 1 for next highest assembly 5 N6633 Seal cover 1 10 N6632 Seal screen 1 15 W0334 Loom flow senor 1 20 M0767 06
221. re is still within 0 1 psi of 40 The oxygen regulator will not be adjusted again Set the other regulator to match the firstsetting within 0 1 psi d Tee into the output of PRS with SV7 de energised and monitor the fresh gas pressure output and adjust output of regulator PR5 to 30psi 1psi These are non relieving regulators so it may be necessary to disconnect the output to allow the pressure to drop and then reconnect These regulators do drift a little after setting so need to be rechecked several times e IN Connect a 24V PSU to SV7 to energise With the fresh gas valve SV7 energised monitor the flow from the fresh gas outlet port on the front panel and adjust the needle valve FR1 to give a flow at this port of 8LPM 0 25LPM Check list Item 5 f With the fresh gas valve SV7 de energised ensure the flow at the fresh gas port is at least 1 2LPM typ 1 8LPM Check list Item 6 Occlude the fresh gas supply with SV7 de energised and ensure that the pressure developed in the fresh gas limb is between 10 and 20 mbar Check list Item 7 g h Monitor the flow from the proximal airway pressure port using a precision flow meter and adjust regulator PR7 approx 12PSI to achieve a flow at this port of 0 2LPM 0 05LPM Check list Item 8 i Ensure that the fresh gas pressure relief valve is activated at greater than 140 mbar and no more than 170 mbar Check list Item 9 S N AN AW AW j Verify
222. re usually in conjunction with upgrades to other programmable devices on the control monitor board Page 36 Model A 8 4 N6631 01 PC Board E 4 Warning The PC board is a static sensitive device DL 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 B i E 4 CL 2 Unscrew the two pillars A 3 Disconnect the 50 way connector B 4 Disconnect the display connector cable C 5 Disconnect the wires D amp E 6 Remove the link wire F Assembly is the reverse of removal Connect the wires D to P18 E to P26 and link wire F to P18 as per figure 1 Reconnect the 50 way connector B to P22 and the display connector cable C to P6 as per figure 2 Model A Fig 1 Fig 2 Note Check that the new PC board has been pre programmed with the correct version of software Refer to the accompanying documentation 7 Re assemble the ventilator and turn it on Setup If the original Disk on chip has been used touch screen calibration reset the time date and full functional test If a new Disk on chip has been fitted or a supplied with the board touch screen calibration full system calibration reset the time date and full functional test Page 37 9 SLE 8 5 N6631 06 Serial controller Touch screen 4 Warning The Serial controller is a static sensitive device 1 Disconnect the touch screen ribbon cable A from th
223. reen Check that PSV setup is set to OFF a is set to OFF This button will not appear when functional testing with no flow sensor fitted Mode Select SIMV FEA Disabled when backup rate Apnoea Setup Jis 20 BPM or higher Pressure Additional pressure support can be given Model A Page 207 Note If functional testing the _ ventilator without a flow Mode stese SINV smod sensor fitted the TTV button eum l will not appear and the Flowv i Time amp Tidal Volume v Time i windows will be replaced by the Breath Trigger Level bar B No Current Alarms tesi Ld Sensitivity i ini r to enable as istment NO FLOW SENSOR EC a Step 61 Verify that the ventilator cycles the cycle waveform appears in the waveform windows after 1 minute the BPM Tot should read 20 BPM in the breath v parameter window Step 62 Wait for the ventilator to deliver a mandatory breath on completion of this breath pull the test lung V Verify that the ventilator delivers a synchronized breath Step 63 Wait for the ventilator to deliver a new mandatory breath on completion of this breath pull the test lung after the ventilator has delivered the synchronized breath then pull the test lung in approximately 0 5 second intervals V Verify that the ventilator does not trigger on the 2 to 3 test lung initiated brea
224. ressure Support Termination Sensitivity adjustment Stop support when patients flow reduces to 5 of peak Triggered Breath Termination sensitivity is not available without a flow sensor e When the test lung is pulled that a waveform appears in the waveform window When the test lung is squeezed then released that the ventilator provides support by helping reinflate the test lung Model A Page 205 P SLE Step 57 Reduce the back up rate to 19 BPM The Apnoea Setup button should now become active Press the Apnoea Setup button on the Mode ER Panel The Apnoea Settings panel should now be Mode select PSV displayed Apnoea Settings Set the apnoea detection to 10 seconds Apnoea is detected after Press the Return ea button to return to the MU seconde Mode panel Step 58 Squeeze the test lung to mimic a breath V Verify that after 10 seconds that visual and audible Apnoea alarm is triggered Increase the back up rate to 20 BPM Step 59 Press the Mode Select button and select SIMV from the Mode Select panel but do not press the confirm button Advance to Step 60 Page 206 Model A 17 1 18 Functional test of SIMV Mode Step 60 For the functional test set the following parameters in the SIMV preview mode A A 20 Wisin 1 sec PEEP 4mbar RP 25 mbar je 21 After pressing the confirm button the user will be presented with the SIMV sc
225. rethane Length 55mm 1 70 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 190mm 1 75 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 250mm 1 80 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 140mm 1 85 N6617 14 Double twin banjo elbow 1 90 N6620 Plug plastic 1 95 N6601 05 Elbow connector swivel 2 100 T1160 Mounting block oxygen cell 1 Attaching Parts 105 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 110 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 Model A Page 331 SLE Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 6 115 N6615 01 Pressure regulator 1 120 T1169 Bracket regulator 1 125 N6601 18 Elbow Connector 1 130 N2512 18 Parallel reducer 1 Attaching Parts 135 H4110 Screw M4 x 10mm 2 140 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 145 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 150 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 2 225 N6607 Elbow 90 union 1 230 N2070 09 Restrictor in line 0 009 1 Obsolete item For serial N 51010 to 51353 Use item 160A 230A N2070 14 Restrictor in line 0 014 1 For serial N 51354 onwards 235 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 60mm 1 240 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 90mm 1 245 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 90mm 1 250 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 200mm 1 255 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 210mm 2 260 L0282 Oxygen regulator module assembly 1 See Figure 9 for detailed breakdown 265 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 230mm 1 Attaching Part
226. rge Verification Check that the battery has fully charged by checking the battery connector voltage is at least 13 7V when the unit is powered from the mains Acceptable tolerance gt 13 7V v Check list Item 17 16 18 Battery Life Verification After the battery has been fully charged from the soak test leave the unit in pure HFO mode at 20Hz on the battery alone Ensure the Main Power Fail alarm is active Ensure that the ventilator runs for a minimum of 30 minutes before the Battery low alarm is activated Ensure that the ventilator continues operation on battery for a further 15 minutes minimum after the battery low alarm first occurred v Check list Item 18 16 19 Total Power Fail Alarm Test Check the operation of the total power fail alarm by switching the mains switch off and with the unit powered by the battery alone half press the power off button on the back panel A continuous loud alarm should sound Press the power off button in fully and the sound should cancel v Check list Item 19 Model A Page 179 16 20 Pressure Calibration Verification Check the pressure settings and wave shapes in CMV mode at the following settings BPM 25 Insp time 1 5 seconds PEEP 0 PIP Setting Acceptable tolerance 10 mbar 1mbar 20 mbar 1mbar 30 mbar 1mbar 40 mbar 1mbar 50 mbar 1mbar 60 mbar 1mbar V Checklist Item 20 Check the mean pressure reading and wave sh
227. rom the fresh gas outlet port on the front panel and adjust the needle valve FR1 to give a flow at this port of 8LPM 0 25LPM Check list Item 5 e With the fresh gas valve SV7 de energised ensure the flow at the fresh gas port is at least 1 2LPM typ 1 8LPM Check list Item 6 f Occlude the fresh gas supply with SV7 de energised and ensure that the pressure developed in the fresh gas limb is between 10 and 20 mbar Check list Item 7 Monitor the flow from the proximal airway pressure port using a precision flow meter and adjust regulator PR7 approx 12PSI to achieve a flow at this port of 0 2LPM 0 05LPM Check list Item 8 g h Ensure that the fresh gas pressure relief valve is activated at greater than 140 mbar and no more than 170 mbar Check list Item 9 N WN AN AW AW i Verify the flow past the oxygen cell is at least 3 lpm and not greater than 5 lpm Check list Item 10 j Check that the exhuast oxygen from the relief port on the oxygen Watson Smith regulator N6615 02 is not greater than 1 5 lpm Model A Page 147 Page 148 15 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems a Before the controller can be calibrated it is necessary to calibrate the pressure sensors of the Monitor Subsystem b Enter the Calibration program See Accessing the Calibration Programs on page 24 15 3 1 Monitor Pressure sensor calibration G Note The ventilator must be at work
228. rrently displayed alarm condition see table opposite Page 418 Model A 33 19 Table of current alarm condition codes Value Currently Displayed alarm condition 0 No Current Alarms 1 Oxygen Cell Disconnected 2 Calibrate Oxygen Cell 3 Oxygen Cell Exhausted 4 O2 Calibration Fail 5 High Oxygen Level 6 Low Oxygen Level 10 Monitor EEPROM Fail 11 System Fail Monitor Isolated System Fail 15 Pressure Sensor Drift 16 High Pressure 17 Low Pressure 18 Apnoea pressure 19 Cycle Fail pressure 20 Continuing Positive Pressure 25 System Fail monitor error comms 26 System Fail monitor isolated system 27 System Fail unable to calibrate flow ADC 28 Calibrate Flow Sensor 29 Flow Calibration Fail 30 Connect Flow Sensor 31 Faulty Flow Sensor 32 Clean Flow Sensor 40 System Fail alarm controller fail 45 Battery Low 46 Main Power Fail Model A Page 419 yy LE 47 Battery Fault 50 High Minute Volume 51 Low Minute Volume 52 Low Tidal Volume 53 High Patient Leak 54 Apnoea Volume 55 Breath Not Detected 56 High Tidal Volume 60 Blocked Fresh Gas 61 Leaking Fresh Gas 62 No O2 Supply 63 No Air Supply 64 No Gas 65 Max Pressure too low 66 Fresh Gas Solenoid Fail 67 Controller Failure control subsys not responding to monitor subsys 68 User
229. rte ete eed eed bcd ili lee duo ed ee n 141 14 16 Battery Charge Verification Lalli D is 142 14 17 Battery Life Verification n 142 14 18 Total Power Fail Alarm Tesista 142 14 19 Pressure Calibration Verification i 143 15 Calibration Procedure for V3 3 software rn rennt 146 15 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration eee eeeeeeeeeentetteaeeeeeees 146 15 2 Pneumatic SaL Up arteria es ox rat aeq epe qtue ee eed CL bp RA 147 15 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems sssssssss 148 15 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration 150 15 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure reg trim 151 15 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 152 15 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 153 Page 4 Model A 15 8 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration sess 155 15 9 Time Constant for pressure measurement waveform ss 156 15 10 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase 156 15 11 O9 System Gallbration sciolga daria 157 15 12 Flow System Calibration a caesar qu eoe adepta aaa 157 15 13 Pressure Triggering Verification ii 157 15 14 Gas Fail Detection Verification rr trt
230. s 270 H4108 Screw M4 x 8mm 2 275 H4094 Washer shakeproof M4 2 Page 332 Model A Fi ion SLE Part N Description Effectivity code 6 280 T1207 Partition Assembly See Figure 10 for detailed breakdown 285 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 165mm Attaching Parts 290 H3108 Screw M3 x 8mm 295 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 300 T1187 Pneumatic module sub assembly See Figure 11 for detailed breakdown Item Not illustrated Model A Page 333 e M DI 0 HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 1 of 6 Page 334 Model A Model A HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 2 of 6 Page 335 HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 3 of 6 Page 336 Model A 150 165 175 HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 4 of 6 Model A Page 337 HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 5 of 6 Page 338 Model A 315 355 330 HFO module Figure 7 Sheet 6 of 6 Model A Page 339 Page 340 Units SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy L5000 05 35 HFO module RF Obsolete item Use Part N L0281 Fig 8 Item 1 See figure 5 for next highest assembly N6644 Tube Polyurethane Length 650mm 1 N6642 Tube connector plugin reducer 2 Attaching Parts M0907 Tape AR N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 200mm 1 L5000 07 1
231. s Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 1 L0281 HFO module RF See figure 6 for next highest assembly 5 N6644 Tube Polyurethane Length 650mm 1 10 N6624 Tube connector plugin reducer 2 Attaching Parts 15 M0907 Tape AR 20 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 200mm 1 25 L5000 08 25 Pressure regulator assembly N 3 1 See items 55 100 Attaching Parts 30 H3208 Screw M3 x 8mm 2 35 N2070 05 Restrictor in line 0 005 1 40 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 90mm 1 45 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 255mm 1 50 N2373 Tube Polyurethane Length 160mm 1 55 N6623 1 Pressure regulator Piezo N 3 1 Obsolete item Use item 55B This device can only be used with version 3 to 3 2 software 55A N6623 33 1 Pressure regulator Piezo N 3 1 Obsolete item Use item 55B This device can only be used with version 3 3 software onwards 55B N6623 S38 1 Pressure regulator Piezo N 3 1 This device can only be used with version 3 3 software onwards 60 N6623 2 O ring 2 60A N6623 33 2 O ring 2 60B N6623 S38 2 O ring 2 65 L5000 08 65 Mounting bracket assembly 1 See items 60 75 Page 350 Model A Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 8 Attaching Parts 70 N6623 3 SCrews 2 70A N6623 33 3 Screws 2 70B N6623 S38 3 Screws 2 75 N6623 4 Manifold block 1 75A N6623 33 4 Ma
232. s autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Check patient circuit amp water trap Alarm 21 Unexpected Rise in Min P Alarm message Unexpected rise in min P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 21 Monitor mode HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar above the min pressure is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Press autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Alarm 22 Unexpected Drop in Min P Alarm message Unexpected drop in min P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 22 Monitor mode HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar below the min pressure is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Press autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Page 240 Model A Alarm 23 No Gas Alarm message
233. sages VueLink Message Type and text Corresponding SLE 5000 Alarm conditions priority in brackets Notes GREEN inop VENT INOPERATIVE Monitor Failure 1 Controller Failure 4 Monitor Cksm Fail 5 Controller Reset 6 Monitor coms 23 Isol sys fail 26 Flow ADC fail 27 User interface fail 33 Fresh gas sol fail 42 Mon disp coms fail 49 Alarm cont fail 50 Indicates one of 11 alarm conditions has occurred Refer to the SLE5000 main display to identify cause All parameter values are displayed as GREEN inop NO FLOW SENSOR None The following parameter values are displayed as TVex TVin MV Cdyn Rdyn Leak C20 C GREEN Inop FLOW SENS CALIB None Indicates that the flow sensor is currently being calibrated GREEN Inop 02 CELL FAIL O2 Cell Disconn 43 O2 Cell Exhausted 45 O2 Cell Cal Fail 46 The parameter value for FIO 2 is displayed as Page 428 Model A 2 SLE GREEN Inop 02 CELL CALIB None Indicates that the oxygen cell is currently being calibrated The parameter value for FIO 2 is displayed as GREEN Inop PR SENS DRIFT Pres Sens Drift 11 Indicates that pressure sensor drift has occurred RED Alarm LOW PRESSURE Sust sub ambient 2 Sub ambient 3 Low Pressure 9 Indicates one of three low pressure alarm conditions
234. soak Check the PIP pressure is unchanged Acceptable tolerance t1mbar Check the PEEP is unchanged Acceptable tolerance t1mbar Page 160 Model A as SLE 15 17 Battery Charge Verification Check that the battery has fully charged by checking the battery connector voltage is at least 13 7V when the unit is powered from the mains Acceptable tolerance gt 13 7 mbar v Check list Item 17 15 18 Battery Life Verification After the battery has been fully charged from the soak test leave the unit in pure HFO mode at 20Hz on the battery alone Ensure the Main Power Fail alarm is active Ensure that the ventilator runs for a minimum of 30 minutes before the Battery low alarm is activated Ensure that the ventilator continues operation on battery for a further 15 minutes minimum after the battery low alarm first occurred v Check list Item 18 15 19 Total Power Fail Alarm Test Check the operation of the total power fail alarm by switching the mains switch off and with the unit powered by the battery alone half press the power off button on the back panel A continuous loud alarm should sound Press the power off button in fully and the sound should cancel v Check list Item 19 Model A Page 161 SLE 15 20 Pressure Calibration Verification Check the pressure settings and wave shapes in CMV mode at the following settings BPM 25 Insp time 1 5 seconds PEEP 0
235. ssumed that the controller sub system is not functioning properly and the Controller Error alarm will be generated Any system error message received from the controller will also activate this alarm After the generation of the alarm all gasses to the patient will be cut off Action Remove patient to alternative form of ventilation then remove ventilator from service Page 234 Model A Alarm 5 101 System Fail Memory Checksum Error Alarm message Monitor EEPROM fail Alarm sub message Monitor checksum Fail Alarm AR 101 Priority of alarm 5 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority eene High Alarm Description At power up flow data in EEPROM corrupt Action Remove ventilator from service Alarm 6 102 System Fail Memory Checksum Error Alarm message Monitor EEPROM fail Alarm sub message Monitor checksum Fail o tette tenis 102 Priority of alartvi aite 6 Monitor mode All Can alarm be muted No Sounder Priority High Alarm Description At power up oxygen data in EEPROM corrupt Action Remove ventilator from service Alarm 7 103 System Fail Memory Checksum Error
236. ssure Calibration Verification SLE CMV PIP Setting Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 10 mbar 9 mbar 11 mbar 20 mbar 19 mbar 21 mbar 30 mbar 29 mbar 31 mbar 40 mbar 39 mbar 41 mbar 50 mbar 49 mbar 51 mbar 60 mbar 59 mbar 61 mbar HFO Delta P setting Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit min 0 mbar 1 mbar 40 mbar 0 mbar 2 mbar 80 mbar 0 mbar 2 mbar 120 mbar 0 mbar 4 mbar 160 mbar 0 mbar 5 mbar max 0 mbar 12 mbar Page 405 Record of pre calibration constants Block and Leak Blender 1 PSI Sensor 2 5 PSI Sen sor Gain Gain Gain Gain Offset Offset Offset Offset Mean Jet Forward Jet Reverse Jet Gain Gain Gain HFO Offset HFO Offset CMV Offset CMV Offset CMV Offset Fast Rise Insp Leading Edge Slow Rise F S Balance Page 406 Recording of P Meas Filter Value Exp Leading Edge Fast Rise Slow Rise F S Balance P Meas Filter Value Model A SLE Appendix 2 Check list Model A Page 407 This page is intentionally blank Page 408 Model A Appendix 2 Check list The ventilator must pass all the test s Pass Fail Step 1 Complete power fails alarm test Audible alarm triggered and cancelled O L Step 2 Setting FiO Measured value corresponds to set O Step 5 Oxygen
237. sure alarm threshold Set Cycle Fail alarm threshold Set High Pressure alarm threshold Set Low Tidal Volume alarm threshold Set Low Minute Volume alarm threshold Set High Minute Volume alarm threshold Measured Total BPM Measured CPAP Measured Insp Time Measured Insp Volume Measured Exp Volume Measured PEEP Measured PIP Measured FIO Measured HFO Delta P Measured HFO Mean Trigger Count Measured Minute Volume Measured Leak Measure Resistance Measured Compliance Measured C20 C Current Alarm ID Vuelink Contact SLE for more details Page 267 23 7 Gas supplies Note The ventilator requires the gas input pressures to be between 4 5bar The ventilator can operate with the gas pressures at 3 4bar but when there is a high demand for gas No O Supply or No Air Supply alarms can be G triggered This is due to the supply regulators becoming unbalanced as demand for one gas exceeds its ability to supply The imbalance is recognized by the ventilator as being the absence of one of the gases 23 7 1 Oxygen supply The ventilator requires a supply of pure oxygen between 4 to 5 bar 23 7 2 Air supply The ventilator requires a supply of medical grade compressed air to IS08573 1 Class 1 4 1 minimum level of filtration between 4 to 5 bar Recommended level of filtration is class 1 1 1 Description of Class 1 4 1 1 particle size of 0 1 microns 4 Pressure dewpoint of 3 C 1 oil content 0 01Mg m3 Description of
238. t G overhaul service intervals Item 1 Ventilator Serial Number Record Ventilator Serial Number Item 2 Elased time record Elapsed time Item 3 Service Date Service Date Item 4 Service Engineer Name Item 5 Fresh gas flow with SV7 energised Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 7 75 lpm 8 25 Ipm Item 6 With SV7 de energised check the fresh gas flow is within range Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 1 2 Ipm 2 lpm Item 7 With SV7 de energised and the fresh gas limb occluded ensure that the fresh gas pressure is within range Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 10 mbar 15 mbar Model A Page 401 SLE Item 8 Monitor the flow from the proximal airway pressure port and ensure that it is within range Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 0 15 Ipm 0 25 Ipm Item 9 With SV7 energised and the fresh gas limb occluded ensure that the fresh gas pressure relief valve relieves within tolerance Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 140 mbar 170 mbar Item 10 Check that the flow past the oxygen cell is within range Lower limit Actual reading Upper limit 3 lpm 5 lpm Item 11 Record of pressure sensor calibration constants Block and Leak Blender 1 PSI Sensor 2 5 PSI Sen sor Gain Gain Gain Gain Offset Offset Offset
239. t YOLINOW i S in hs i e up Mgmt E qui des o e qii m 28 Electrical Block Diagram H3INHOJSNVHL s bol sE N To quvosg E oaqrov LE Siwi N33YISHINOL AZ BI az vzasn4 n I INLSASANS vZ pal 1 IHE IS VS AWIASIO AMALLVE 8 NSd 90 498ZN4 H3N3JVHOS as1 Model A Page 378 29 Pneumatic Unit Schematic 29 1 Schematic Pre PAM Proximal Airway Modification Below is a schematic representation of the pneumatic unit of the SLE5000 ventilator pre proximal airway modification To identify if the unit has been modified refer to the pneumatic unit serial number label located in the exhalation block area If the label is marked with the letters PAM then the unit has been modified If modified refer to the schematic on page 380 02201 LINN OINOMIOTT3 NI Q31V901 3MV MJN3dWVO NV d P Zd ld SYIONOSNYAL 340SS3Hd ALIVIO MOI NMOHS LON TIOJINVA SAN ILUYNNINA 310N NOLLOANNOS SVO HSIYA NN 8 Zd YIONOSNVUL IYNSSIYA Sv9 HS3M4 NW O IDqQUO L STL IUNSSIYA ONDIOVMHO Y6LZN 00S S3lJ3S JAVA 131734 ZIOON YOLVINDIY 34nss34d FINS SWX9 C99N MOIYIn93H JYNSSIYA OZild uve 2 0 MOIYID934 3unsS34dd JYOLVINIA 10 0 3094180 0343014 M3JTIOMINOO 0IIdS_GWX9 NOLLdIMOSIA WAL doquea XVW S1ZZON 3YNSSINYd 3AILISUd o018 NOLLVIWHX3 3 IZZU N 2YNSSI d AAILVOIN ogu 21 LAS Add SY m SONINV3H TW X2 1quoy LISd Z OL 13S n 3AWA 430138 34NSSIYA Add NOLLO3NNOO 1N3lNd WOMJ
240. t the mean pressure The forward and reverse jet pressure regulators are used to generate steady positive and negative delta P components that will be superimposed on the mean pressure These components are switched quickly using the high speed solenoid valves to generate the HFO pressures For example to ventilate a patient with a mean pressure of 10 mbar and a delta P pressure of 60 mbar the mean jet will be set to generate a continuous pressure of 10 mbar the forward jet will be set to generate a continuous pressure of 30 mbar and the reverse jet will be generating a continuous pressure of 30 mbar The HFO rate is determined by the rate of switching between the forward and reverse pressures on the high speed valves Again because the jet pressures sum the resulting patient pressures will be switching between 20 mbar and 40 mbar Mean HFO pressures up to 35mbar are required but the mean jet can only generate pressures up to about 20 mbars To obtain higher mean pressures than 20mbars in HFO it is necessary to apply a higher pressure on the forward pressure regulator and a lower pressure on the reverse pressure regulator Using this method the desired mean must be less than half the desired delta p pressure plus 20 mbars See Pneumatic Unit Schematic on page 379 Page 16 Model A SLE Description of Symbols Model A Page 17 3 Description of Symbols Symbol Description Type BF connection Situated on front pan
241. t up screen to clear and wait for it to enter the Ventilation Off mode Calibrate Flow Sensor for this calibration there is no need to occlude the flow sensor Turn the ventilator OFF at the mains power switch located on the rear of the machine This will trigger the mains power fail alarm Model A v 17 1 2 Setting FiO Step 2 v 17 1 3 Functional Testing with No Flow Sensor Step 3 Model A Slowly depress the battery power termination switch Before the switch reaches the end of its full travel the audible complete power fail alarm should be initiated Once the alarm has been triggered release the button the alarm should continue Re press the battery power termination switch fully to cancel the alarm Turn ON the ventilator and wait for it to enter the ventilation off mode In the ventilation off mode select the FiO parameter and using the arrow keys set the value to 21 FiO The ventilator defaults to 21 on start up The measured value will be displayed once the Os cell has finished it s self calibration routine When finished the set value and measured value should correspond If the SLE5000 is to be used without a flow sensor fitted then press the continue without flow button in the alarm panel A nee toe J ajust Fit a test lung to the ET manifold The user should now advance to section 17 1 5 Note the functional testing routines have been written with the
242. te On removing the regulator the two O ring s N are freed These O ring s must be replaced each time that the assembly is dismantled 8 Remove the pneumatic tube Mo Q all connectors O P y LENS Me Note The procedure is the same for 3 the PR3 pressure regulator 10 Reverse the above procedure to install the new PR3 amp PR4 regulators Do not attach to the manifold place the assemblies to one side 13 7 9 PR7 replacement Pre Proximal Airway Modification 11 Remove the purge regulator Q using a spanner to undo the base nut from the manifold block 12 Assembly is reversal of removal Model A Page 119 Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the outlet hose R 2 Remove the purge regulator S using a spanner to undo the base nut Take care not to loosen the bulkhead flitting T 3 Assembly is reversal of removal 13 7 11 0 30 PSI PR5 purge regulator replacement 1 On the HFO module remove the two screws U that secure the regulator N6613 03 2 Remove the fittings from the old regulator and fit them to the replacement regulator 3 Refit the regulator Note The replacement regulator will be part N N6613 03 Page 120 Model A 13 7 12 High speed jet valves replacement 1 Withdraw the jet valve assembly from the pneumatic connectors Note The jet valves are independent and are only connected together via the loom
243. ted with the CMV screen Check that TIM scala is set to OFF This button will not appear when functional testing with no flow sensor fitted Model A Page 199 Note If functional testing the ventilator without a flow Mode sete CMV Hee G sensor fitted the Volume Limit button and the Tidal Volume waveform will not appear eB lt No Current Alarms E7373 NO FLOW SENSOR BPM Ti 30 1 1 i the ventilator is cycling the E ratio in the breath parameter panel reads 1 0 1 0 Vv the waveforms appear in the waveform windows Step 42 Press the Options and Service Data Button Mode Select CMV Standby on the Mode Panel to activate the Services panel I oge Step 41 Verify that Calibrate Sensors Oxygen Flow Adjust Press the Wave Shaping Button D From the Change Wave shape panel set the indicator bar at the midpoint Ed p This adjustment does not affect the high frequency pressure waveform Page 200 Model A Step 43 Verify that the pressure wave form is modified M accordingly Step 44 Return the indicator bar to its original position and press the Return button to return to the Services panel panel Step 45 Press the Next button to reach the More Options panel Press the Waveform display CMV sync button E to toggle between ON and More opti
244. the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar below the mean pressure level is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Press autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Check patient circuit amp water trap Alarm 19 Unexpected Rise in Max P Alarm messagge eee Unexpected rise in max P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 19 Monitor mode HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar above the max pressure is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Press autoset or adjust ventilation parameters Model A Page 239 Alarm 20 Unexpected Drop in Max P Alarm message Unexpected drop in max P Alarm sub message Press autoset to adjust HFO alarms to new pressures Priority of alarm 20 Monitor mode erre HFO Only Can alarm be muted Yes Sounder Priority High Alarm Description When the ventilator set alarm threshold of 5mbar below the max pressure is crossed this alarm is generated Action Check patient Pres
245. ths before delivering the next synchronized breath Page 208 Model A Step 64 v Step 65 G Step 66 Model A Remove the test lung and connect the calibration analyser Verify that the PIP is 25 mbar Refit the test lung Press the PSV Setup button to display the Pressure Support settings panel Ensure that support is provided at 50 Press the ON button F Trigger a number of breaths and observe that the next supported breath s now 50 of the original setting i e 12 13 mbar Verify that a triggered breath is now supported to 50 of the original setting i e 12 13 mbar Note due to the SIMV windows you may trigger breaths that are not supported Set Pressure support to OFF Pressure Support Provide Support at ste of PIP Stop support when patients flow reduces to 5 Page 209 SLE Step 67 Page 210 Press the Mode Select button and select HFO CMV from the Mode Select panel but do not press the confirm button Advance to Step 68 Model A 17 1 19 Functional test of HFO CMV Mode SLE5000 only Step 68 For the functional test set the following parameters in the HFO CMV preview mode BPM 20 Toke eee eee 1 sec HFO Rate 10Hz PEEP siirius 4mbar PP 30 mbar Delta P Not available in preview mode e A 21 After pressing the confirm button the user will be presented with the HFO CMV
246. tient circuit and bacterial filters Discard any single use items as per appropriate hospital authority guidelines Reusable items should be processed as per appropriate hospital authority guidelines and the manufacturers instructions e Disconnect the gas supplies from the wall outlets e Disconnect the Oxygen and Air hoses from the ventilator and cap the inlet ports Open the side flap Page 253 Unlock the exhalation block by turning the clamp through 90 degrees until it is horizontal e Gently pull away the exhalation block and silencer from the gas ports Ro e Separate the silencer and exhalation Sy block Refitting the silencer and exhalation block is the reversal of removal Do not force the exhalation block into place 22 2 1 Cleaning Disinfection amp Sterilization chart Item Clean Disinfect Sterilize Ventilator Yes Yes Silencer Yes Flow sensor Yes Yes Yes Exhalation block Yes Yes Yes CG Page 254 Table 1 Warning General Do not insert any object such as a needle in to the gas ports This action will result in damage to the port If the user believes there is a foreign object in a gas port please refer the ventilator to qualified service personnel for inspection and repair Note The silencer should be autoclaved only If the silencer is found to have visual contamination internally discard and replace with a new silencer 22 3 Cleaning method
247. tive maintenance procedure 13 2 1 Ventilator preparation 1 Preventative maintenance should be carried out with the ventilator still attached to the trolley 2 Disconnect the air and oxygen supply hoses 3 Remove the seven fixing screws A indicated from the rear cover 4 Slide the rear cover towards the rear of the machine When the lip has been disengaged lift the cover off Page 88 Model A Warning If the ventilator is under a warranty agreement removal of the inner covers may void the agree ment Please refer to the warranty documentation 5 Remove the screws B to release the electronic inner cover Note The design of the inner cover may vary The ventilator is now ready for maintenance Note Keep the ventilator plugged into the mains supply but with the supply turned off This is to earth the ventilator and prevent static build up Model A Page 89 13 2 2 Duckbill and conical filter replacement The procedure is the same for both air and oxygen inlets 1 Using a spanner remove the inlet connector A Note The O connector is a left hand thread and the Air connector is a right hand thread 2 Remove O ring N6618 B Nylon filter cone N2185 06 C Washer T1170 D Duckbill check valve N2185 05 E 3 Discard the O ring Nylon filter cone washer and Duckbill check valve 4 Re assemble with the new components Page 90 Model A 13 2 3 Replacement of N2
248. tor F allen cap screws E O rings G and manifold J 8 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Page 70 Model A Location in pneumatic unit 1 Remove the HFO module as described in section 9 7 on page 61 2 Remove the two screws and washers A that retains the manifold to the base plate B 3 Slide the assembly C so as to disengage the jet valves from the pneumatic connectors Jd e J ge ii 4 Unscrew the electrical connectors D amp E from the pressure regulators 5 Separate the pressure regulator assembly F from the manifold G Model A Page 71 6 Remove the screw and washer H that retains the pressure regulator PR3 I 7 Remove the screw and washer J that retains the pressure regulator PRA K 8 Remove the two allen cap screws L that retain the PR4 pressure regulator K to the manifold M Note On removing the regulator the two O ring s N are freed These O ring s must be replaced each time that the assembly is dismantled 9 Remove the pneumatic tube connectors O amp P Note The procedure is the same for the PR3 pressure regulator 10 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup A full system calibration is required for this component Page 72 Model A SLE A0763 02 Board Model A Page 73 gt A Page 74
249. ttrreennnneennnn nnn 158 15 15 Blender and Oxygen Monitoring Verification esses 159 T510 DOAK POSE st sihtbudte I oigo tite uo nia nten ique edat litetate o d bela te DD ats 160 15 17 Battery Charge Verification iii 161 15 18 Battery Life Verification reina 161 15 19 Total Power Fail Alarm Test ici ite edt ten itis Pret irr id ed epu ics 161 15 20 Pressure Calibration Verification ooooooccccccnccnnnnnnconnncncccnnnnnaanannrrn cnn nn nnnnnno 162 16 Calibration Procedure for V4 amp 4 1 software ss 164 16 1 Preliminary Inspection before calibration ssesseeeeesessssss 164 16 2Pneumalie setup arenile aaa 165 16 3 Calibration of Controller and Monitor subsystems ssssssss 166 16 4 Controller Block and Leak pressure sensor calibration 168 16 5 Controller Blender Pressure Sensor zeroing and Input pressure reg trim 169 16 6 Mean Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 170 16 7 Forward Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration esses 171 16 8 Reverse Jet Pressure Regulator Calibration 173 16 9 Time Constant for pressure measurement waveform 174 16 10 Wave shaping for leading and trailing edge of insp phase 174 16 11 Oo Sy Stem Calibration alla 175 15 12 Flow System CallDEallOri s rapallo reor mast tetigi rd ora ute 175 16 1
250. ulsed tones correspond to the alarm sounder priorities High Medium and Low The pulsed tones are generated when the ventilator encounters an alarm condition All the generated pulsed tone alarms are accompanied by visual alarm indication The High alarm sounder consists of 3 bleeps followed by 2 bleeps which is repeated once with a 10 second gap before restarting The Medium alarm sounder consists of 3 bleeps followed by a 20 second gap The Low alarm sounder consists of 1 bleep followed by a 10 second gap In Ventilation Off mode or when the ventilator is set to Standby all alarm sounds are muted to the minimum setting 1 When changing between modes for any alarms that have been triggered the alarm sounder volume is set to its minimum setting for a period of 10 seconds After the 10 seconds has expired the volume will return to the user set value Note In a mains power fail situation the user will hear two high priority alarms The ventilator s power supply generates its own alarm as a backup to the main alarm The difference between the two sounds is that the power supply alarm is of a higher pitch The continuous tone is generated in a complete power fail situation where the mains supply and the back up battery supply both fail Model A 21 3 Alarm Descriptions and actions to be taken Alarm 1 Monitor Failure Alarm message Monitor failure Alarm sub message
251. ung initiated breaths before delivering the next synchronized breath O Page 411 Pass Fail Step 64 Pressure Support functional test Analyser reads PIP as 25mbar Step 65 Pressure Support functional test Ventilator displays PIP as 12 13mbar Step 69 HFO CMV functional test the ventilator cycles with oscillations in both the inspiratory and expiratory phases the waveforms appear in the waveform windows the I E ratio in the breath parameter panel reads 1 0 1 0 O Step 70 HFO CMV functional test The ventilator cycles with oscillations in the expiratory phase only Dl O Page 412 Model A SLE Appendix 3 RS232 Model A Page 413 Appendix 3 RS232 This section describes the data format and connections for the serial interface of the SLE5000 infant ventilator 33 12 Warnings for RS232 1 Any computer connected to the ventilator must be specified for medical use i e it must comply with the requirements of BS EN 60601 1990 2 Do not connect the RS232 port via the interface cable to other types of devices that do not comply to the requirements of BS EN 60601 1990 3 The interface cable should be removed and the RS232 port capped when not in use 4 Do not allow the ingress of any liquids into the RS232 port 33 13 Location of RS232 Port The RS232 port is located at the rear of the ventilator as shown in the diagram below RS232 port Page 414 Model A 33 14 Overvie
252. uoy L Sd Z OL 19S 3AWA 33 3 3u0SS3Hd Add NOLLO3NNOO ANAllVd WONJ lJOd NOU V IVHX3 Y6LZN OOS S3lM3S JAYA 430134 Z99N AND NI SANTVA_CION3TOS SZSSN 3AIVA GION3IOS YAXIN woowse XYN Lar Pue 3TZZUN 3NNSSINA ZI99N NOlV1n93N 3ALLISId 34nss34d 31dNIS GUX9 30018 Z99N MOIVINDIM NOUV HX 3YNSSIYA OZAld 3 IZZUN UVA Z 0 YOLVYINIIY 38NSSIAA IAIL9DIN IYNSSIYI _IUNIVININ ET9IN SUOLVINDIU SYNSS3IY d _OZAld 4equ 2T LIS Add SY SONIIVIE NWA xe m Add SINIS NOLLYIVHXI a MJTIOMINOO 03IdS_SWX9 NOlLdlMOS3Q WILI ADQUE ZI 3ONVISIS3H AN ob Ss Gant s z p jo umco oud JO 3ONVNOS3H IN3A3PHd OL daNNL HION31 TO N39AXO Md L NE 2600 0 QION3 10S YIXIN SUIONOSNVUL 5 5 N39AXO JYNSSIYA AvMMIV EJ So WWIXOMd me cdl Lal E w O n Ed Zi XOlddv WaT eo uim FE oD GA sal _ NOLLO3NNOO IUNSSINA 7NWIXOMd YINIANVO G3SIAGV 38 LON TIA INWNIDA SIHL OL S39NVHI J8NLIYANNVH 204 LON NDILYWJOJNI 403 CILNIYA ANOD Hd isdo a O 4 ln PV 2 10q c e N39AXO YIINASNVYL IUNSSIMA WILN33 3 1400 l d ra A adl C ISdOv ba x sa uly WIIN Model A Page 380 30 Pneumatic Unit Tubing connections 30 1 Tubing Connections Pre PAM EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN 300 190 so 152 140 ALL TUBING N2373 170 All dimensions are in millimeters Model A Page 381 EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN ALL TUBING N2373 170 Al
253. use Bios battery requires replacement Remedy Replace Bios battery See BIOS battery on page 35 25 Symptom Extended boot up time or boot up stops requesting Press F1 to resume Possible Cause BIOS battery on PC Board requires replacement Remedy Replace Bios battery See BIOS battery on page 35 Page 222 Model A 26 Symptom Set PIP PEEP pressure do not meet delivered pressures Possible Cause Tolerance of 1 mbar Pressure transducers out of calibration Forward and mean jets out of calibration Remedy Re calibrate pressure transducers Re calibrate forward and mean jets 27 Symptom Set 0 is not the same as displayed 07 Possible Cause O cell has aged O system requires calibration Two point calibration carried out with blender set to a value higher than 21 Blender fault Remedy Carry out a two point calibration with the blender set to 21 Measure the9 6O from the fresh gas port If the external analyser reading reads the same as the set replace O cell Measure the9 6O from the fresh gas port If the external analyser reading differs from the set replace the blender Model A Page 223 This page is intentionally blank Page 224 Model A SLE Software Version History Model A Page 225 19 Software Version History The following is a list of software versions used on the SLE4000 and SLE 5000 infant ventilators 19 1 SLE4000 Software Versi
254. w 33 15 Data and Pinout description 33 15 1 Version 3 3 Data Format RS232 C compatible 9600 bps 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity The data output is a comma delimited ASCII text string terminated by carriage return and linefeed lt CR gt lt LF gt There is 1 second between the end of one text string transmission and the beginning of the next 33 15 2 Version 4 1 Data Format RS232 C compatible 19200 bps 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity The data output is a comma delimited ASCII text string terminated by carriage return and linefeed lt CR gt lt LF gt There is 1 second between the end of one text string transmission and the beginning of the next RS232 Pinout The RS232 interface connector pin assignments are as follows Pin Signal 1 DCD TXD RXD DSR GND DTR CTS RTS ONTO O 3 JOJN 33 16 Cable This pin assignment allows the ventilator to be connected directly to the RS232 C serial port on a PC with a standard serial cable Model A Page 415 SLE 22 13 0 824 10 3275 6 39 64 0 33 18 List of parameters 33 17 Parameter Descriptions and format The text string that is output contains 40 parameters A description of each parameter follows e g 60 2 6 10 23 100 4 2 100 1 0 5 20 0 45 20 30 160 280 0 0 15000 60 3 10 145 139 3 25 99 Param N Description Units Details 1 Set BPM breaths minute 0 to 150 2 Set CP
255. w M3 x 10mm 220 H3091 Nut M3 225 H3094 Washer shakeproof M3 230 T1265 Label rear 235 MO0776 Tape 240 T1187 Chassis pneumatic unit Item Not illustrated Model A Page 371 This page is intentionally blank Page 372 Model A SLE Equipotential Stud Modification Model A Page 373 NN 10 s EAS 20 0 CA 2E 5 e Fig Units Item SLE Part N Description Effectivity Per code Assy 1 T1193 EP Top cover with EP stud RF 5 T1193 EP 01 1 Stud EP 1 Attaching Parts 10 T1193 EP 01 2 Nut 2 15 T1193 EP 01 3 Washer 2 20 T1193 EP 01 4 Washer shakeproof 2 25 H6093 Washer M6 1 30 W0325 EP Cable EP stud earthing 1 35 T1193 02 Top cover with EP stud hole Page 374 Model A 27 1 Equipotential stud connection The T1193 EP assembly is connected to the earth bonding stud Note Illustration does not show the PCB boards or brackets for clarity Note The user will have to discard one lock nut to allow fitment of the earthing cable Model A Page 375 This page is intentionally blank Page 376 Model A SLE Schematic amp Circuit Diagrams Model A Page 377 A A 1Y Vd d3lr1ddv AdAL A TETSY SYUJINASNVYL SAATVA DILVINNANA gunssadd o eed Lo 1390 W31SAS lane ONISN3S 1 wa gt MO 13 m IN3LSASANS el TOYINO9 yeelg WaLSASans 9 0 Usnd l
256. wards the rear of the machine When the lip has been disengaged lift the cover off Model A Page 33 Warning If the ventilator is under a warranty agree ment removal of the inner covers may void the agreement Please refer to the warranty documenta tion Step 3 Remove the screws B 10 screws to release the electronic inner cover Note The design of the inner cover may vary Step 4 Remove the screws C 6 screws to release the pneumatic unit base plate Step 5 Restthe ventilator on a soft pad Note Keep the ventilator plugged into the mains supply but with the supply turned off This is to earth the ventilator and prevent static build up Page 34 Model A 8 Component Replacement Electronic unit 8 1 N6634 CAN Card e 4 Warning the CAN Card is a static sensitive device 1 Disconnect the two ribbon cables A amp B from the CAN card 2 Remove the four screws retaining the CAN card 3 Gently disconnect the CAN card from the PC board by lifting the card vertically until all the connector pins are disengaged from the socket 4 The two nylon spacers C are now loose Care should be taken to prevent them falling into the electronic unit 5 Assembly is reversal of removal Setup No setup is required for this device 8 2 BIOS battery 4 Warning The PC board is a static sensitive device 1 Remove the CAN card as described in section 8 1 2 Remove the b
257. wing to complete the 24 month overhaul Replace the duckbill amp conical filters the N2042 O rings as described in the 6 month PPM routine the N2191 10 O cell and the CMOS backup batteries as described in the 12 month PPM routine 13 5 5 Setup 1 Reset the time and date 2 Carry out the two point oxygen calibration 3 Carry out a full functional test 4 Replace all the covers Page 106 Model A 48 Month 20 000 Hour Overhaul Model A Page 107 9 SLE 13 6 48 month 20 000 hour overhaul procedure The procedure for the 48 month 20 000 overhaul is as follows for option 1 and 2 1 Remove the outer cover inner cover and base plate 2 Remove the front facia panel by removing the attaching countersunk screws Note The front facia panel cannot be removed completely as it remains connected via two electrical cables to the electronic unit 3 Disconnect the following tubes A amp B OXYGEN 3 4E O Pre proximal airway modification pneumatic unit shown 4 Disconnect the three looms C D amp E from the bulkhead connectors Page 108 Model A 5 Remove the seven fixing screws and washers F 6 Attach the new pneumatic unit reverse of removal 7 Refit the front facia panel After replacement of the pneumatic unit a full system calibration followed by a comp

SLE 4000-5000 Infant Ventilator

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents